CA2313356A1 - Process for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets - Google Patents
Process for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2313356A1 CA2313356A1 CA002313356A CA2313356A CA2313356A1 CA 2313356 A1 CA2313356 A1 CA 2313356A1 CA 002313356 A CA002313356 A CA 002313356A CA 2313356 A CA2313356 A CA 2313356A CA 2313356 A1 CA2313356 A1 CA 2313356A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- weight
- deformable
- mass
- tablet
- masses
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 250
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 244
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 97
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 79
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 42
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 115
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 106
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 105
- -1 bisbenzotriazoles Chemical class 0.000 claims description 89
- 239000010457 zeolite Substances 0.000 claims description 54
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 claims description 49
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 claims description 41
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 claims description 40
- HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 39
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 37
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 36
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 36
- 229910021536 Zeolite Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 34
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000007844 bleaching agent Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 23
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 235000019832 sodium triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical group C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 claims description 18
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 13
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-I triphosphate(5-) Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 claims description 10
- BGRWYDHXPHLNKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraacetylethylenediamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N(C(C)=O)CCN(C(C)=O)C(C)=O BGRWYDHXPHLNKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910000318 alkali metal phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- VTIIJXUACCWYHX-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;carboxylatooxy carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)OOC([O-])=O VTIIJXUACCWYHX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- ZGZHWIAQICBGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-nonanoylpyrrolidine-2,5-dione Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC(=O)N1C(=O)CCC1=O ZGZHWIAQICBGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229940045872 sodium percarbonate Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- HWGNBUXHKFFFIH-UHFFFAOYSA-I pentasodium;[oxido(phosphonatooxy)phosphoryl] phosphate Chemical group [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O HWGNBUXHKFFFIH-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 claims description 6
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000019831 pentapotassium triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- ATGAWOHQWWULNK-UHFFFAOYSA-I pentapotassium;[oxido(phosphonatooxy)phosphoryl] phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O ATGAWOHQWWULNK-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orthosilicate Chemical compound [O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000012644 addition polymerization Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052910 alkali metal silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005263 alkylenediamine group Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000007664 blowing Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M methyl sulfate(1-) Chemical compound COS([O-])(=O)=O JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 4
- PATMLLNMTPIUSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenoxysulfonyl 7-methyloctanoate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCC(=O)OS(=O)(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 PATMLLNMTPIUSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- JSIAIROWMJGMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-triazol-4-amine Chemical class NC1=CNN=N1 JSIAIROWMJGMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002455 scale inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001922 sodium perborate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- YKLJGMBLPUQQOI-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;oxidooxy(oxo)borane Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]OB=O YKLJGMBLPUQQOI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical class N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 claims 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 abstract description 40
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 abstract description 18
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 105
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 62
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 58
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 49
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 41
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 40
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 37
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 32
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 32
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 31
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 26
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 26
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 26
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 24
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 17
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 17
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 16
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 15
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000004851 dishwashing Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 230000002366 lipolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 12
- 108090001060 Lipase Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000004882 Lipase Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 239000004367 Lipase Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000019421 lipase Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 235000019809 paraffin wax Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 229920002245 Dextrose equivalent Polymers 0.000 description 10
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 10
- 229940001593 sodium carbonate Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000012013 faujasite Substances 0.000 description 9
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 9
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108010065511 Amylases Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000013142 Amylases Human genes 0.000 description 8
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical class OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 235000019418 amylase Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 102000004157 Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000604 Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000002535 acidifier Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000004061 bleaching Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 6
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 6
- 108010059892 Cellulase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010084185 Cellulases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000005575 Cellulases Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 244000060011 Cocos nucifera Species 0.000 description 5
- 235000013162 Cocos nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terephthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 150000008051 alkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920005646 polycarboxylate Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 5
- RTBFRGCFXZNCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-one Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)N1CCC(=O)CC1 RTBFRGCFXZNCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HGINCPLSRVDWNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrolein Chemical compound C=CC=O HGINCPLSRVDWNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004382 Amylase Substances 0.000 description 4
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical group CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 4
- ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfobutanedioic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UAOKXEHOENRFMP-ZJIFWQFVSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r)-2,3,4,5-tetraacetyloxy-6-oxohexyl] acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C=O UAOKXEHOENRFMP-ZJIFWQFVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 108090000637 alpha-Amylases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229940025131 amylases Drugs 0.000 description 4
- JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous glutaric acid Natural products OC(=O)CCCC(O)=O JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229940106157 cellulase Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229920003086 cellulose ether Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000001177 diphosphate Substances 0.000 description 4
- UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 4
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 4
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- BITYAPCSNKJESK-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassiosodium Chemical compound [Na].[K] BITYAPCSNKJESK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007711 solidification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008023 solidification Effects 0.000 description 4
- TYWMIZZBOVGFOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetracosan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO TYWMIZZBOVGFOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 4
- QPRQEDXDYOZYLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbutan-1-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)CO QPRQEDXDYOZYLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MSXVEPNJUHWQHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbutan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)O MSXVEPNJUHWQHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000008733 Citrus aurantifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Etidronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(O)(C)P(O)(O)=O DBVJJBKOTRCVKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004435 Oxo alcohol Substances 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004115 Sodium Silicate Substances 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000011941 Tilia x europaea Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001565 benzotriazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) phthalocyanine Chemical compound [Cu+2].C12=CC=CC=C2C(N=C2[N-]C(C3=CC=CC=C32)=N2)=NC1=NC([C]1C=CC=CC1=1)=NC=1N=C1[C]3C=CC=CC3=C2[N-]1 XCJYREBRNVKWGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000004691 decahydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J diphosphate(4-) Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O XPPKVPWEQAFLFU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 3
- 235000011180 diphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].OP([O-])([O-])=O ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005187 foaming Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003147 glycosyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 3
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000004571 lime Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000004965 peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- MDHYEMXUFSJLGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenethyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCCC1=CC=CC=C1 MDHYEMXUFSJLGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000019828 potassium polyphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000005871 repellent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002940 repellent Effects 0.000 description 3
- FQENQNTWSFEDLI-UHFFFAOYSA-J sodium diphosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O FQENQNTWSFEDLI-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 3
- AQMNWCRSESPIJM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium metaphosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]P(=O)=O AQMNWCRSESPIJM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000019351 sodium silicates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCO HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 229910000406 trisodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- DSEKYWAQQVUQTP-XEWMWGOFSA-N (2r,4r,4as,6as,6as,6br,8ar,12ar,14as,14bs)-2-hydroxy-4,4a,6a,6b,8a,11,11,14a-octamethyl-2,4,5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12,12a,13,14,14b-tetradecahydro-1h-picen-3-one Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@]2(C)CC[C@@]34C)C(C)(C)CC[C@]1(C)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@]1(C)[C@H]3C[C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@@H]1C DSEKYWAQQVUQTP-XEWMWGOFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WRMNZCZEMHIOCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethanol Chemical compound OCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WRMNZCZEMHIOCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MXLMTQWGSQIYOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-2-butanol Chemical compound CC(C)C(C)O MXLMTQWGSQIYOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000193422 Bacillus lentus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000194108 Bacillus licheniformis Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000021357 Behenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZCTQGTTXIYCGGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 ZCTQGTTXIYCGGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzylformate Chemical compound O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTMBGDBBDQKNNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L C.I. Acid Blue 3 Chemical compound [Ca+2].C1=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C1C(C=1C(=CC(=C(O)C=1)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C1.C1=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C1C(C=1C(=CC(=C(O)C=1)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C1 RTMBGDBBDQKNNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000640882 Condea Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000251987 Coprinus macrorhizus Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000001673 Coprinus macrorhizus Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethenol Chemical compound OC=C IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- GLZPCOQZEFWAFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Geraniol Chemical compound CC(C)=CCCC(C)=CCO GLZPCOQZEFWAFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001480714 Humicola insolens Species 0.000 description 2
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010028688 Isoamylase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- BTJXBZZBBNNTOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Linalyl benzoate Chemical compound CC(C)=CCCC(C)(C=C)OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BTJXBZZBBNNTOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101001095964 Mus musculus Patatin-like phospholipase domain-containing protein 7 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 108700020962 Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010059820 Polygalacturonase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000297 Rayon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000187392 Streptomyces griseus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090000787 Subtilisin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004164 Wax ester Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940095602 acidifiers Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 102000004139 alpha-Amylases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000005840 aryl radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940116226 behenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GGNQRNBDZQJCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,2,4-triol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 GGNQRNBDZQJCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUKGYYKBILRGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 QUKGYYKBILRGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001045 blue dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- UNYSKUBLZGJSLV-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium;1,3,5,2,4,6$l^{2}-trioxadisilaluminane 2,4-dioxide;dihydroxide;hexahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.[OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2].O=[Si]1O[Al]O[Si](=O)O1.O=[Si]1O[Al]O[Si](=O)O1 UNYSKUBLZGJSLV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 description 2
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052676 chabazite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NEHNMFOYXAPHSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N citronellal Chemical compound O=CCC(C)CCC=C(C)C NEHNMFOYXAPHSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QMVPMAAFGQKVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N citronellol Chemical compound OCCC(C)CCC=C(C)C QMVPMAAFGQKVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001868 cobalt Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013065 commercial product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RKTYLMNFRDHKIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper;5,10,15,20-tetraphenylporphyrin-22,24-diide Chemical compound [Cu+2].C1=CC(C(=C2C=CC([N-]2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(N=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C2=CC=C3[N-]2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC1=C3C1=CC=CC=C1 RKTYLMNFRDHKIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010005400 cutinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 150000001924 cycloalkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N decanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- CEJLBZWIKQJOAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloroisocyanuric acid Chemical compound ClN1C(=O)NC(=O)N(Cl)C1=O CEJLBZWIKQJOAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000005690 diesters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZOESAMNEZGSOPU-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;4-[4-[acetyl(methyl)amino]-2-sulfonatoanilino]-1-amino-9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(N(C(C)=O)C)=CC=C1NC1=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C(N)C2=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C2=O ZOESAMNEZGSOPU-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007046 ethoxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- RRAFCDWBNXTKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N eugenol Chemical compound COC1=CC(CC=C)=CC=C1O RRAFCDWBNXTKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010093305 exopolygalacturonase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019387 fatty acid methyl ester Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- LNTHITQWFMADLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N gallic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 LNTHITQWFMADLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyoxal Chemical compound O=CC=O LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001683 gmelinite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004519 grease Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCO ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052909 inorganic silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoamylol Chemical compound CC(C)CCO PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- XMGQYMWWDOXHJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N limonene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1CCC(C)=CC1 XMGQYMWWDOXHJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDOSHBSSFJOMGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N linalool Chemical compound CC(C)=CCCC(C)(O)C=C CDOSHBSSFJOMGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UWKAYLJWKGQEPM-LBPRGKRZSA-N linalyl acetate Chemical compound CC(C)=CCC[C@](C)(C=C)OC(C)=O UWKAYLJWKGQEPM-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940099596 manganese sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011702 manganese sulphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000007079 manganese sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- SQQMAOCOWKFBNP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O SQQMAOCOWKFBNP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940043348 myristyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JMXROTHPANUTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-H naphthol green b Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Fe+3].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC2=C(N=O)C([O-])=CC=C21.C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC2=C(N=O)C([O-])=CC=C21.C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC2=C(N=O)C([O-])=CC=C21 JMXROTHPANUTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 239000005445 natural material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MMCOUVMKNAHQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-L oxido carbonate Chemical compound [O-]OC([O-])=O MMCOUVMKNAHQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- JYVLIDXNZAXMDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCC(C)O JYVLIDXNZAXMDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AQIXEPGDORPWBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-3-ol Chemical compound CCC(O)CC AQIXEPGDORPWBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KJFMBFZCATUALV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenolphthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)O1 KJFMBFZCATUALV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052615 phyllosilicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006068 polycondensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- WQGWDDDVZFFDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrogallol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(O)=C1O WQGWDDDVZFFDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005510 radiation hardening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001603 reducing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000004671 saturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013049 sediment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 2
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- GCLGEJMYGQKIIW-UHFFFAOYSA-H sodium hexametaphosphate Chemical compound [Na]OP1(=O)OP(=O)(O[Na])OP(=O)(O[Na])OP(=O)(O[Na])OP(=O)(O[Na])OP(=O)(O[Na])O1 GCLGEJMYGQKIIW-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 235000019982 sodium hexametaphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019983 sodium metaphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- UGTZMIPZNRIWHX-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium trimetaphosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P1(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)O1 UGTZMIPZNRIWHX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- MWNQXXOSWHCCOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium;oxido carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]OC([O-])=O MWNQXXOSWHCCOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- AKEJUJNQAAGONA-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur trioxide Chemical compound O=S(=O)=O AKEJUJNQAAGONA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007885 tablet disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 2
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC[14C](O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYCLIXPGLDDLTM-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrapotassium;phosphonato phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O RYCLIXPGLDDLTM-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- 235000019818 tetrasodium diphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RUVINXPYWBROJD-ONEGZZNKSA-N trans-anethole Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(\C=C\C)C=C1 RUVINXPYWBROJD-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetin Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(OC(C)=O)COC(C)=O URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- REZQBEBOWJAQKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacontan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO REZQBEBOWJAQKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000404 tripotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019801 trisodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019386 wax ester Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001490 (3R)-3,7-dimethylocta-1,6-dien-3-ol Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBZYWSMVVKYHQN-MYPRUECHSA-N (4as,6as,6br,8ar,9r,10s,12ar,12br,14bs)-10-hydroxy-2,2,6a,6b,9,12a-hexamethyl-9-[(sulfooxy)methyl]-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,6a,6b,7,8,8a,9,10,11,12,12a,12b,13,14b-icosahydropicene-4a-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@H](O)[C@@](C)(COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]2CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@@]5(C(O)=O)CCC(C)(C)C[C@H]5C4=CC[C@@H]3[C@]21C XBZYWSMVVKYHQN-MYPRUECHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFLHFURRPPIZTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (5-acetyloxy-2,5-dihydrofuran-2-yl) acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1OC(OC(C)=O)C=C1 FFLHFURRPPIZTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQEOKONOFKQRIR-NUEKZKHPSA-N (5R,6R,7R)-3,5,6-triacetyl-3,5,6,7-tetrahydroxy-7-(hydroxymethyl)nonane-2,4,8-trione Chemical compound C(C)(=O)[C@@]([C@]([C@@](C(C(O)(C(C)=O)C(C)=O)=O)(O)C(C)=O)(O)C(C)=O)(O)CO ZQEOKONOFKQRIR-NUEKZKHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMVPMAAFGQKVCJ-SNVBAGLBSA-N (R)-(+)-citronellol Natural products OCC[C@H](C)CCC=C(C)C QMVPMAAFGQKVCJ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N (R)-adrenaline Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDOSHBSSFJOMGT-JTQLQIEISA-N (R)-linalool Natural products CC(C)=CCC[C@@](C)(O)C=C CDOSHBSSFJOMGT-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUYIZQZWDFCUTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N (pentadecachlorophthalocyaninato(2-))-copper Chemical compound [Cu+2].N1=C([N-]2)C3=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C3C2=NC(C2=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C22)=NC2=NC(C2=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C22)=NC2=NC2=C(C(Cl)=C(C(Cl)=C3)Cl)C3=C1[N-]2 GUYIZQZWDFCUTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYMCVDNIIFNDJK-XFQWXJFMSA-N (z)-1-(3-fluorophenyl)-n-[(z)-(3-fluorophenyl)methylideneamino]methanimine Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(\C=N/N=C\C=2C=C(F)C=CC=2)=C1 YYMCVDNIIFNDJK-XFQWXJFMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCIIKRHCWVHVFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-amine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.NC1=NC=NS1 JCIIKRHCWVHVFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005206 1,2-dihydroxybenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XCMDVRAWAIYDEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diphenyl-3h-pyrazole Chemical group C1C=CN(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 XCMDVRAWAIYDEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRIZYWQGELRKNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-trichloro-1,3,5-triazinane-2,4,6-trione Chemical compound ClN1C(=O)N(Cl)C(=O)N(Cl)C1=O YRIZYWQGELRKNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HHBCEKAWSILOOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dibromo-1,3,5-triazinane-2,4,6-trione Chemical compound BrN1C(=O)NC(=O)N(Br)C1=O HHBCEKAWSILOOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEQGZUUPPQEDPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CC1(C)N(Cl)C(=O)N(Cl)C1=O KEQGZUUPPQEDPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005208 1,4-dihydroxybenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LYPVKWMHGFMDPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-diacetyl-1,3,5-triazinane-2,4-dione Chemical compound CC(=O)N1CN(C(C)=O)C(=O)NC1=O LYPVKWMHGFMDPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCIQNYOXLZQQMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Phenylethyl propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 WCIQNYOXLZQQMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEFQUIPMKBPKAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzoylazepan-2-one Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)N1CCCCCC1=O FEFQUIPMKBPKAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940094997 1-tetracosanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRWXDRXWUYUVJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydroxypropyl octadecanoate;hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO KRWXDRXWUYUVJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPJQXAIKMSKXBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,7,9,14-tetraoxa-1,8-diazabicyclo[6.6.2]hexadecane-3,6,10,13-tetrone Chemical compound C1CN2OC(=O)CCC(=O)ON1OC(=O)CCC(=O)O2 MPJQXAIKMSKXBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFPOJWPDQWJEMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1,2-dicarboxyethoxy)butanedioic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)OC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O CFPOJWPDQWJEMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDKLKNJTMLIAFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-fluorophenyl)-1,3-oxazole-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=2OC=C(C=O)N=2)=C1 BDKLKNJTMLIAFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MJTPMXWJHPOWGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Phenoxyethyl isobutyrate Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 MJTPMXWJHPOWGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSZBMXCYIZBZPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(1-hydroperoxy-1-oxohexan-2-yl)carbamoyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound CCCCC(C(=O)OO)NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O LSZBMXCYIZBZPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPQQIEOJFQIALX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(4,7-dioxo-1,3,2-dioxazepan-2-yl)ethyl]-1,3,2-dioxazepane-4,7-dione Chemical compound C1(CCC(=O)ON(CCN2OC(CCC(=O)O2)=O)O1)=O GPQQIEOJFQIALX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCANHPMMPLOBDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[4-[4-[2-(4-chlorophenyl)ethenyl]phenyl]phenyl]ethenyl]benzenesulfonic acid Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C=CC1=CC=C(C=2C=CC(C=CC=3C=CC(Cl)=CC=3)=CC=2)C=C1 PCANHPMMPLOBDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTXMVXSTHSMVQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-acetyloxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCCOC(C)=O JTXMVXSTHSMVQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZILZQZGAJNDJIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-5-[2-[4-[4-[2-(4-chloro-3-sulfophenyl)ethenyl]phenyl]phenyl]ethenyl]benzenesulfonic acid Chemical class C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC(C=CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC(C=CC=3C=C(C(Cl)=CC=3)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=2)=C1 ZILZQZGAJNDJIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WREFNFTVBQKRGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-decylbutanediperoxoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(C(=O)OO)CC(=O)OO WREFNFTVBQKRGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004398 2-methyl-2-butyl group Chemical group CC(C)(CC)* 0.000 description 1
- XEEYSDHEOQHCDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylprop-2-ene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)CS(O)(=O)=O XEEYSDHEOQHCDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACNUVXZPCIABEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3',6'-diaminospiro[2-benzofuran-3,9'-xanthene]-1-one Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(N)C=C1OC1=CC(N)=CC=C21 ACNUVXZPCIABEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMINFSMURORWKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,6-dioxabicyclo[6.2.2]dodeca-1(10),8,11-triene-2,7-dione Chemical class O=C1OCCOC(=O)C2=CC=C1C=C2 MMINFSMURORWKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNJSNEKCXVFDKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(5-amino-1h-indol-3-yl)-2-azaniumylpropanoate Chemical class C1=C(N)C=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 YNJSNEKCXVFDKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNDXPKDBFOOQFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-nitro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]morpholine Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C1N1CCOCC1 UNDXPKDBFOOQFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPYQFIISZQCINN-QVXDJYSKSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r,3e,4s,5r)-3-(fluoromethylidene)-4-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]pyrimidin-2-one;hydrate Chemical compound O.O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1C(=C/F)/[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 XPYQFIISZQCINN-QVXDJYSKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBZRJSQZCBXRGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-tert-Butylcyclohexyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1CCC(C(C)(C)C)CC1 MBZRJSQZCBXRGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSVSPKKXQGNHMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-3-methyl-1,2-thiazole Chemical compound CC=1C=C(Br)SN=1 XSVSPKKXQGNHMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJIJXIFQYOPWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-hydroxycoumarin Natural products O1C(=O)C=CC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 CJIJXIFQYOPWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000717739 Boswellia sacra Species 0.000 description 1
- WJSLZXMQHNTOBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(CCC(=O)O)(=O)O.C(CCC(=O)O)(=O)O.C(CCC(=O)O)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO Chemical class C(CCC(=O)O)(=O)O.C(CCC(=O)O)(=O)O.C(CCC(=O)O)(=O)O.OCC(O)CO WJSLZXMQHNTOBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007436 Cananga odorata Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005632 Capric acid (CAS 334-48-5) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005635 Caprylic acid (CAS 124-07-2) Substances 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical class NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 108010008885 Cellulose 1,4-beta-Cellobiosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NPBVQXIMTZKSBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chavibetol Natural products COC1=CC=C(CC=C)C=C1O NPBVQXIMTZKSBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QDHHCQZDFGDHMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloramine Chemical class ClN QDHHCQZDFGDHMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000223760 Cinnamomum zeylanicum Species 0.000 description 1
- WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Citral Natural products CC(C)=CCCC(C)=CC=O WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000019499 Citrus oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N D-Cellobiose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PHOQVHQSTUBQQK-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-glucono-1,5-lactone Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O PHOQVHQSTUBQQK-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOWAEIGWURALJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexyl phthalate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C(=O)OC2CCCCC2)C=1C(=O)OC1CCCCC1 VOWAEIGWURALJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disodium Chemical class [Na][Na] QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005770 Eugenol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004863 Frankincense Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005792 Geraniol Substances 0.000 description 1
- GLZPCOQZEFWAFX-YFHOEESVSA-N Geraniol Natural products CC(C)=CCC\C(C)=C/CO GLZPCOQZEFWAFX-YFHOEESVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001479 Hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SHBUUTHKGIVMJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxystearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OO SHBUUTHKGIVMJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000234269 Liliales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001148717 Lygeum spartum Species 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPAGIJMPHSUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium peroxide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][O-] SPAGIJMPHSUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002774 Maltodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000010654 Melissa officinalis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000062730 Melissa officinalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006679 Mentha X verticillata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002899 Mentha suaveolens Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000001636 Mentha x rotundifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SJEYSFABYSGQBG-UHFFFAOYSA-M Patent blue Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C1C(C=1C(=CC(=CC=1)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C1 SJEYSFABYSGQBG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- JPYHHZQJCSQRJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phloroglucinol Natural products CCC=CCC=CCC=CCC=CCCCCC(=O)C1=C(O)C=C(O)C=C1O JPYHHZQJCSQRJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGRFSURHDFAFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phthalic anhydride Natural products C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 LGRFSURHDFAFJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002845 Poly(methacrylic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000805 Polyaspartic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- UVMRYBDEERADNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pseudoeugenol Natural products COC1=CC(C(C)=C)=CC=C1O UVMRYBDEERADNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000000111 Saccharum officinarum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007201 Saccharum officinarum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000182022 Salvia sclarea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002911 Salvia sclarea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910008051 Si-OH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 244000044822 Simmondsia californica Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000004433 Simmondsia californica Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910006358 Si—OH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- LMETVDMCIJNNKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [(3,7-Dimethyl-6-octenyl)oxy]acetaldehyde Chemical compound CC(C)=CCCC(C)CCOCC=O LMETVDMCIJNNKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001420 alkaline earth metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005904 alkaline hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008055 alkyl aryl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940045714 alkyl sulfonate alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QUMXDOLUJCHOAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-methylbenzyl acetate Natural products CC(=O)OC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 QUMXDOLUJCHOAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUOACPNHFRMFPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-terpineol Chemical compound CC1=CCC(C(C)(C)O)CC1 WUOACPNHFRMFPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940011037 anethole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000012164 animal wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940027983 antiseptic and disinfectant quaternary ammonium compound Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003899 bactericide agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940007550 benzyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical class [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010047754 beta-Glucosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006995 beta-Glucosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGQFVRIQXUFPAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-citronellol Natural products OCCC(C)CCCC(C)=C JGQFVRIQXUFPAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008275 binding mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- FZJUFJKVIYFBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N bourgeonal Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(CCC=O)C=C1 FZJUFJKVIYFBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZQEUCNSUNRRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butanedioic acid propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical class OCC(O)CO.OC(=O)CCC(O)=O.OC(=O)CCC(O)=O WQZQEUCNSUNRRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHIWVOJDXOSYLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 2,2-difluorocyclopropane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1CC1(F)F JHIWVOJDXOSYLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004204 candelilla wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013868 candelilla wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940073532 candelilla wax Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MMCOUVMKNAHQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonoperoxoic acid Chemical class OOC(O)=O MMCOUVMKNAHQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001244 carboxylic acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010085318 carboxymethylcellulase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004203 carnauba wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013869 carnauba wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical class NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001851 cinnamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000017803 cinnamon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001507 cistus ladaniferus l. oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940043350 citral Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003633 citronellal Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000000983 citronellal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000000484 citronellol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010500 citrus oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010634 clove oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011247 coating layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005056 compaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008139 complexing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007799 cork Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- 229940019836 cyclamen aldehyde Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- UNWDCFHEVIWFCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N decanediperoxoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OO UNWDCFHEVIWFCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- SQIFACVGCPWBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N delta-terpineol Natural products CC(C)(O)C1CCC(=C)CC1 SQIFACVGCPWBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012933 diacyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940111685 dibasic potassium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004683 dihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000396 dipotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GYQBBRRVRKFJRG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium pyrophosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])(=O)OP(O)([O-])=O GYQBBRRVRKFJRG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- PMPJQLCPEQFEJW-GNTLFSRWSA-L disodium;2-[(z)-2-[4-[4-[(z)-2-(2-sulfonatophenyl)ethenyl]phenyl]phenyl]ethenyl]benzenesulfonate Chemical class [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1\C=C/C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC(\C=C/C=3C(=CC=CC=3)S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=2)C=C1 PMPJQLCPEQFEJW-GNTLFSRWSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FPVGTPBMTFTMRT-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;2-amino-5-[(4-sulfonatophenyl)diazenyl]benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(N)=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 FPVGTPBMTFTMRT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- MQRJBSHKWOFOGF-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;carbonate;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O MQRJBSHKWOFOGF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- QLVARBCGUNCRTA-LOYHVIPDSA-N ditetradecyl (2r,3r)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCC QLVARBCGUNCRTA-LOYHVIPDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012990 dithiocarbamate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004659 dithiocarbamates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BRDYCNFHFWUBCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecaneperoxoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OO BRDYCNFHFWUBCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002003 electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- DPUOLQHDNGRHBS-KTKRTIGZSA-N erucic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O DPUOLQHDNGRHBS-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006266 etherification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- HFSINNZUXBJLIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-(methylamino)-2-phenylacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 HFSINNZUXBJLIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940071087 ethylenediamine disuccinate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002217 eugenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019233 fast yellow AB Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001148 ferula galbaniflua oil terpeneless Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000417 fungicide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940074391 gallic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000004515 gallic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-JXMROGBWSA-N geranial Chemical compound CC(C)=CCC\C(C)=C\C=O WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-JXMROGBWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113087 geraniol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012209 glucono delta-lactone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003681 gluconolactone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002791 glucosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001087 glyceryl triacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013773 glyceryl triacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001046 glycoluril group Chemical group [H]C12N(*)C(=O)N(*)C1([H])N(*)C(=O)N2* 0.000 description 1
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940015043 glyoxal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IUJAMGNYPWYUPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hentriacontane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IUJAMGNYPWYUPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFFNHUYHCDHKHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexapotassium trioxido(trioxidosilyloxy)silane Chemical class [K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[O-][Si]([O-])([O-])O[Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] UFFNHUYHCDHKHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001469 hydantoins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002433 hydrophilic molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920013821 hydroxy alkyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WPFVBOQKRVRMJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxycitronellal Chemical compound O=CCC(C)CCCC(C)(C)O WPFVBOQKRVRMJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930002839 ionone Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002499 ionone derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010409 ironing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- VYFOAVADNIHPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isatoic anhydride Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1CO VYFOAVADNIHPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000012182 japan wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010656 jasmine oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001851 juniperus communis l. berry oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150085091 lat-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SDQFDHOLCGWZPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lilial Chemical compound O=CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 SDQFDHOLCGWZPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000001510 limonene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940087305 limonene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930007744 linalool Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UWKAYLJWKGQEPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N linalool acetate Natural products CC(C)=CCCC(C)(C=C)OC(C)=O UWKAYLJWKGQEPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000865 liniment Substances 0.000 description 1
- SXQCTESRRZBPHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lissamine rhodamine Chemical compound [Na+].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1S([O-])(=O)=O SXQCTESRRZBPHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000005923 long-lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004995 magnesium peroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004200 microcrystalline wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019808 microcrystalline wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001724 microfibril Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012184 mineral wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000005673 monoalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940111688 monobasic potassium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000403 monosodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019799 monosodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012170 montan wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012452 mother liquor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KPSSIOMAKSHJJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl alcohol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CO KPSSIOMAKSHJJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrilotriacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001006 nitroso dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- SXLLDUPXUVRMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanediperoxoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)CCCCCCCC(=O)OO SXLLDUPXUVRMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002446 octanoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012168 ouricury wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- RUVINXPYWBROJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-methoxyphenyl Natural products COC1=CC=C(C=CC)C=C1 RUVINXPYWBROJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004177 patent blue V Substances 0.000 description 1
- XCRBXWCUXJNEFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N peroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XCRBXWCUXJNEFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940067107 phenylethyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940096826 phenylmercuric acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QCDYQQDYXPDABM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phloroglucinol Chemical compound OC1=CC(O)=CC(O)=C1 QCDYQQDYXPDABM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001553 phloroglucinol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003009 phosphonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PJNZPQUBCPKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid;potassium Chemical compound [K].OP(O)(O)=O PJNZPQUBCPKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003021 phthalic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010665 pine oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012165 plant wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001738 pogostemon cablin oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000172 poly(styrenesulfonic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001281 polyalkylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006294 polydialkylsiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004848 polyfunctional curative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002959 polymer blend Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001205 polyphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011176 polyphosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001021 polysulfide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005077 polysulfide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008117 polysulfides Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003109 potassium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OQZCJRJRGMMSGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium metaphosphate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]P(=O)=O OQZCJRJRGMMSGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940098424 potassium pyrophosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019353 potassium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OTYBMLCTZGSZBG-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium sulfate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OTYBMLCTZGSZBG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052939 potassium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011151 potassium sulphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-oxo-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)chromen-4-olate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011164 primary particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940079877 pyrogallol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FZUOVNMHEAPVBW-UHFFFAOYSA-L quinoline yellow ws Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C1C1=NC2=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])C=C2C=C1 FZUOVNMHEAPVBW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002964 rayon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010666 rose oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019719 rose oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003902 salicylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009938 salting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010671 sandalwood oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003441 saturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012176 shellac wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002893 slag Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010583 slow cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940087562 sodium acetate trihydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940076133 sodium carbonate monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003388 sodium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012418 sodium perborate tetrahydrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019830 sodium polyphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940048086 sodium pyrophosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000031 sodium sesquicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000018341 sodium sesquicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PODWXQQNRWNDGD-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate pentahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([S-])(=O)=O PODWXQQNRWNDGD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- RPACBEVZENYWOL-XFULWGLBSA-M sodium;(2r)-2-[6-(4-chlorophenoxy)hexyl]oxirane-2-carboxylate Chemical compound [Na+].C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1OCCCCCC[C@]1(C(=O)[O-])CO1 RPACBEVZENYWOL-XFULWGLBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IBDSNZLUHYKHQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;3-oxidodioxaborirane;tetrahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.[Na+].[O-]B1OO1 IBDSNZLUHYKHQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012177 spermaceti Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940084106 spermaceti Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012831 stearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- IIACRCGMVDHOTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfamic acid Chemical compound NS(O)(=O)=O IIACRCGMVDHOTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000019635 sulfation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005670 sulfation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004763 sulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006277 sulfonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950009390 symclosene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012209 synthetic fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- KUCOHFSKRZZVRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N terephthalaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 KUCOHFSKRZZVRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003505 terpenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000007586 terpenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940116411 terpineol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JLZUZNKTTIRERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraphenylethylene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)=C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLZUZNKTTIRERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001577 tetrasodium phosphonato phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 1
- LOIYMIARKYCTBW-OWOJBTEDSA-N trans-urocanic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C1=CNC=N1 LOIYMIARKYCTBW-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOIYMIARKYCTBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-urocanic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CNC=N1 LOIYMIARKYCTBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005809 transesterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002622 triacetin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003918 triazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940062627 tribasic potassium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZKWDCFPLNQTHSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tribromoisocyanuric acid Chemical compound BrN1C(=O)N(Br)C(=O)N(Br)C1=O ZKWDCFPLNQTHSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005691 triesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004684 trihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019798 tripotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WCTAGTRAWPDFQO-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;hydrogen carbonate;carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].OC([O-])=O.[O-]C([O-])=O WCTAGTRAWPDFQO-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- ORHBXUUXSCNDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N umbelliferone Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 ORHBXUUXSCNDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFTAFOQKODTIJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N umbelliferone Natural products Cc1cc2C=CC(=O)Oc2cc1OCC=CC(C)(C)O HFTAFOQKODTIJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010679 vetiver oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004552 water soluble powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002268 wool Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZFNVDHOSLNRHNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N xi-3-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-methylpropanal Chemical compound O=CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C)C=C1 ZFNVDHOSLNRHNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003752 zinc compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
- C11D—DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
- C11D17/00—Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties
- C11D17/0047—Detergents in the form of bars or tablets
- C11D17/0065—Solid detergents containing builders
- C11D17/0073—Tablets
- C11D17/0078—Multilayered tablets
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Detergent Compositions (AREA)
Abstract
A production process for laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets which is superior to the existing tabletting and extrusion technology in respect of the protection of the ingredients against thermal loads, pressure and shearing, which is less complex in terms of the apparatus and more favorable in terms of process economics, and which permits higher throughputs and can be used without great effort for the production of tablets with three or more phases as well, comprises producing (a) deformable mass(es), supplying this mass with a pressure less than 40 bar to emergence apertures, and cutting and hardening the emergent material strands.
Description
Process for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a new process for producing single-phase and multiphase laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets.
Background of the Invention Laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets have been widely described in the prior art and are enjoying increasing popularity among users owing to the ease of dosing. Tableted cleaning products have a number of advantages over their powder-form counterparts: They are easier to dose and to handle, and have storage and transport advantages owing to their compact structure.
Consequently, there exists an extremely broad prior art relating to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, which is also reflected in an extensive patent literature. At an early stage, the developers of products in tablet form hit upon the idea of using tablet regions of different composition to release certain ingredients only under defined conditions in the course of washing or cleaning in order to improve the end result. Tablets which have become established in this context are not only the core/sheath tablets and ring/core tablets, which are sufficiently well known from pharmacy, but also, in particular, multilayer tablets, which are nowadays available for many areas of washing and cleaning or of hygiene.
Visual differentiation of the products is also becoming increasingly important, so that single-phase and single-color tablets in the field of washing and cleaning have been largely displaced by multiphase tablets. Common current market forms include two-layer tablets having a white and a colored phase or having two differently colored layers. In addition, there exist inlay tablets, ring-core tablets, laminated , 2 tablets, etc., whose importance at present is fairly minor.
The preparation of said tablets always comprises at least one tableting step, in which a particulate premix is converted under pressure into a compact tablet. In the case of the abovementioned two-layer tablets, sheath/core tablets, etc., different premixes are pressed onto and/or into one another. In addition, there exist proposals to produce tablets by means of conventional compression technology and to fill cavities in these tablets with melts or the like in order to obtain composition tablets comprising com-pressed and noncompressed fractions.
A further process utilized to produce compact laundry detergent and cleaning product pieces is that of extrusion. Here, a premix is plasticated under high pressures and discharged through perforated molds, fol-lowed by shaping by means of cutting, and by optional aftertreatment. In contrast to tableting, where the particle bed is, so to speak, "sintered", and where the tablets still possess a hollow volume, the high pressures of 100 bar or more during extrusion lead to very compact particles or pieces whose internal hollow volume is greatly reduced.
Multilayer cleaning product tablets for machine dish-washing are described, for example, in European Patent Application EP 224 128 (Henkel KGaA). The two layers have solubility differences, which leads to advan-tageous performance properties.
Multiphase cleaning tablets for the WC are described, for example, in EP 055 100 (Jeyes Group). This document discloses toilet cleaning blocks comprising a shaped body, consisting of a slow-dissolving cleaning product composition, into which a bleach tablet has been embedded. At the same time, this document discloses the very wide variety of design forms of multiphase tablets. In accordance with the teaching of this document, the tablets are produced either by inserting a compressed bleach tablet into a mold and casting the cleaning product composition around this tablet, or by casting part of the cleaning product composition into the mold, followed by the insertion of the compressed bleach tablet and, possibly, subsequent overcasting with further cleaning product composition.
In addition, EP 481 547 (Unilever) describes multiphase cleaning product tablets which are intended for use for machine dishwashing. These tablets have the form of core/sheath tablets and are produced by stepwise com-pression of the constituents: first of all, a bleach composition is compressed to form a tablet, which is placed in a die which is half-filled with a polymer composition, this die then being filled up with further polymer composition and compressed to form a bleach tablet provided with a polymer sheath. The process is subsequently repeated with an alkaline cleaning product composition, so as to give a three-phase tablet.
Another route to producing visually differentiated laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets is described in International Patent Applications W099/-06522, W099/27063 and W099/27067 (Procter & Gamble).
According to the teaching of these documents, a tablet is prepared which has a cavity that is filled with a solidifying melt. Alternatively, a powder is introduced and is fixed in the cavity by means of a coating layer.
A common feature of all three applications is that the region filling out the cavity should not be compressed, since the intention is in this way to protect "pressure-sensitive" ingredients.
Both tableting and extrusion lead to a high pressure load on the premixes for processing, which makes it difficult or impossible to incorporate pressure-sensi-tive ingredients. Also, the production of tablets with three or more phases is no longer possible without problems using either process, since the technical expense increases greatly as the number of phases goes up.
The extrusion or coextrusion of two or more premixes is virtually impossible when there are large differences in the proportion of the individual phases. The conventional tableting of multilayer tablets likewise reaches its limits in the field of laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets if one layer is intended to comprise only a small fraction of the total tablet.
Below a certain layer thickness, compression of a layer adhering to the remainder of the tablet becomes increasingly difficult.
Summary of the Invention It is an object of the present invention, then, to provide a production process for single-phase and multiphase tablets in which even pressure-sensitive ingredients may be accommodated in delimited regions, without any restrictions on the size of the delimited region in relation to the total tablet. At the same time, moreover, firstly there ought to be visual differentiation from conventional two-layer tablets and secondly the production of the tablets ought to function reliably without great technical effort even in mass production without the tablets suffering from stability drawbacks and without the fear of dosing inaccuracies.
In particular, it is an object of the present invention to provide a new production process for laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets which is superior to the existing tableting and extrusion technology in respect of the protection of the ingredi-ents against thermal loads, pressure and shearing, which is less complex in terms of the apparatus and 5 more favorable in terms of process economics, and which permits higher throughputs. In addition, the process should be able to be used without great effort for the production of tablets with three or more phases as well.
It has now been found that the low-pressure strand processing of deformable, curable masses is suitable for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, and does so while meeting the abovementioned profiles of requirements.
The invention provides a process for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, which involves preparing (a) deformable mass(es), supplying said masses) with a pressure below 40 bar to emergence apertures, cutting the emerging material strands to tablet dimensions, and hardening them.
Preferably, the deformable masses which harden after deformation are supplied to the emergence apertures at even lower pressures, in order to protect pressure-sensitive ingredients. Preferred processes are those wherein the deformable masses) is (are) supplied to the emergence apertures with a pressure below 35 bar, preferably below 30 bar, with particular preference below 20 bar, and in particular below 10 bar.
Depending on the final processing of the deformable masses (see below) and on the configuration of the pro-cessing machines, it is also possible to realize even lower pressures, or a procedure without pressure is possible. Processes wherein the deformable masses) is (are) supplied to the emergence apertures with a pressure below 8.5 bar, preferably below 7.5 bar, with particular preference below 6.5 bar, and in particular below 5 bar, are a further important embodiment of the present invention.
Detailed Description of the Invention Below, technical apparatus parameters and technical features of the process of the invention will be described, before the ingredients and physical para-meters of the masses for processing are dealt with.
The process of the invention provides for the processing of deformable masses which harden or solidify after shaping to give compact tablets. In contrast to the extrusion of laundry detergents and cleaning products, where solid, free-flowing premixes are plasticated and shaped by high pressures, the process of the invention is operated at low pressures and starts from deformable masses. These deformable masses are not particulate, but are paste-like or plastic and harden after shaping.
A procedure preferred in the context of the present invention for supplying the deformable masses to the emergence apertures comprises drawing them in between two rolls which have opposite directions of rotation.
By this means, the mass between the rolls is conveyed under low pressure, depending on the width of the nip between the rolls and on the roll speed, in the direc-tion of the emergence apertures. Depending on the number of roll pairs and emergence apertures, and on the design of these apertures, this results in single-phase or multiphase material strands which may have different shapes and/or colors. These material strands are cut into sections of predetermined length, and the individual strand sections are hardened to give the finished laundry detergent and cleaning product tablet.
Single-phase tablets are advantageously produced by supplying a deformable mass with one roll pair to an emergence aperture. Preferred processes are those wherein a deformable mass is drawn in between two rolls, discharged as a material strand from emergence apertures, cut to the desired tablet dimension, and hardened.
Apparatus suitable for the preferred process is obtain-able, for example, from the company Hosokawa Bepex GmbH
under the name "Drehstab-Walzenpresse DP" [rotary-rod roll press DP]. The emergence apertures of such apparatus may, for example, be circular, triangular, square, rectangular, heart-shaped, crescent-shaped, etc., in design. The first-mentioned apertures then give rise to cylindrical, prismatic, cuboid, tetragonal or orthorhombic tablets. The drawings, in Figures 27 and also 29 to 42, show by way of example some possible designs for emergence apertures.
It is likewise possible to rotate the material strands following emergence from the apertures in the shapable state before they are cut to the desired tablet dimensions. This produces tablets having irregular, spiral side faces, which offer particular visual attractiveness.
Two-phase tablets may be produced correspondingly using two roll pairs. Preferred processes for this purpose are those wherein two deformable masses of different composition are drawn in between two roll pairs and discharged as filled, hollow or multi-ply material strands from emergence apertures, cut to the desired tablet dimension, and hardened. It is of course also possible to process two masses of identical composition in a similar way. In this case this is done not for separation of active substances or to achieve specific washing and cleaning effects, but instead for visual attractiveness. Apparatus suitable for such processes of the invention is again available from the company Hosokawa Bepex GmbH under the name "Doppel-Drehstab-Walzenpresse DDP" [double rotary-rod roll press DDP].
The emergence apertures of such apparatus may be arranged alongside or inside one another, producing multi-ply or multiphase tablets. Figures 15 to 26 and 28 show by way of example some cross sections of emergence apertures for different masses. In Figures 15, 16, 17, 19, 21, 23, and 25, there result strands and tablets in which one part, apart from the cut faces, is completely enclosed by the other part. The other figures mentioned show strands or tablets, respectively, in which one part is embedded on or only partly in the other part. Here again, rotation of the material strands prior to cutting to length is possible in order to achieve particular visual effects.
The process of the invention may also be utilized with-out problems to produce three-phase tablets. Completely in analogy to the remarks made so far, such processes of the invention are implemented by drawing in three plastically deformable masses of different composition between three roll pairs and discharging them as singly, doubly or triply filled, hollow, two- or three-ply material strands from emergence apertures, cutting them to the desired tablet dimension, and hardening them.
Here again, it is of course possible to process two or even three masses of identical composition in a similar manner. This is then used in turn not (only) to separate active substances or to achieve particular washing and cleaning effects, but instead for visual attractiveness. Apparatus suitable for the production of three-phase tablets, as well, is available from the company Hosokawa Bepex GmbH under the name "Dreifach-Drehstab-Walzenpresse DP/3" [triple rotary-rod roll press DP/3]. The emergence apertures of such apparatus may be arranged alongside or inside one another, producing multi-ply or multiphase tablets. Figures 1 to 14 show by way of example some cross sections of emergence apertures for different masses. Here again, in turn, the material strands may be rotated prior to cutting to length in order to obtain particular visual effects.
The possibilities for discharging a plurality of mater-ial strands onto, alongside, over, under or into one another from the apparatus are unlimited, so that even tablets with four or more phases may be produced in a simple manner. Since the apparatus and the associated die systems are of simple and robust construction, a changeover of product shape, and adaptation to differ-ent market requirements, are possible rapidly and without complication. Changes in shape on the resultant tablets may also be brought about without problems by means of the appropriate treatment of the material strands prior to cutting. If, for example, in accord-ance with Figure 1, three material strands are discharged onto one another from three emergence aper-tures having a circular cross section, then, after cutting to length, tablets are produced which have the form of three stacked cylinders. By simple rotation of the three material strands about their longitudinal axis prior to cutting to length, laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets are obtained which have the form of segments turned in toward one another and suggest rigging or braids. The flexibility of the process of the invention in terms of the changeover of shapes and esthetic design is therefore far greater than that of the processes known to date.
In the production of multiphase tablets, the ratio of these phases to one another may be chosen freely; from esthetic standpoints, it may be advantageous if one phase accounts for at least 1/100, preferably at least 1/20 and in particular at least 1/10 of the volume or the weight of the other phase (s) . In preferred process end products, the weight ratio of the masses to one 5 another is in the range from 1:1 to 1:100, preferably from 1:2 to 1:75, and in particular from 1:2.5 to 1:30 (two-phase tablets) or, respectively, in the range from 1:1:1 to 1:100:100, preferably from 1:1:2 to 1:75:75, and in particular from 1:1:2.5 to 1:30:30 (three-phase 10 tablets). The ratio of the surface areas of the individual tablet phases is preferably within similar ranges.
Depending on the final processing of the deformable masses (see below), i.e., depending on the ingredients and the physical parameters of the masses for process-ing, it is possible to achieve throughputs of differing levels, which further depend on the size of the emergence apertures. It is preferred in this context to keep within certain emergence rates for the material strands. In preferred processes the material strands are discharged from the emergence apertures at a rate of from 0.2 m/min to 30 m/min, preferably from 0.25 m/min to 20 m/min, with particular preference from 0.5 m/min to 15 m/min, and in particular from 1 m/min to 10 m/min.
In principle, the process of the invention is not limited as regards the shape and size of the emergence apertures. In view of the products to be manufactured and their size and mass, which in the case of such products is usually in the range from 5 to 500 g, preferably from 10 to 250 g, with particular preference from 15 to 100 g, and in particular between 20 and 50 g, preference is given to processes wherein the emergence apertures have aperture areas of from 50 mm2 to 2500 mm2, preferably from 100 mm2 to 2000 mm2, with particular preference from 200 mm2 to 1500 mmz, and in particular from 300 mm2 to 1000 mm2, with especial preference from 350 mm2 to 750 mm2.
However, it is possible to drop below these values for individual emergence apertures, for example, if the purpose of one emergence aperture is to place a thin "tube" over another strand, thereby, so to speak, coating the latter. Strand cross sections of this kind are sketched, for example, in Figures 15, 17, 21 and 23, it being entirely possible in each case for the external part to be thinner. In that case, the finished tablet contains strands which apart from the end faces (cut faces) are coated, from which effects may be achieved in terms of delayed or accelerated release.
With the exception of such coated strands, however, preference is given to processes wherein the thickness of at least one of the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures is at least 5 mm, preferably at least 7.5 mm, and in particular at least 10 mm.
The cutting to length of the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures may take place in accord-ance with the known processes of the prior art, for example, by means of rotating blades, lowerable cutters or wires, etc. The mass of the finished tablets is guided on the one hand by the size of the emergence apertures and on the other hand by the length of the cuts. Where conventional laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets are to be provided for customary utilities such as, for example, laundry detergent tablets or machine dishwashing detergent tablets, preference is given to processes wherein the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures are cut to a length of from 10 to 100 mm, preferably from 12.5 to 75 mm, with particular preference from 15 to 60 mm, and in particular from 20 to 50 mm.
Depending on the composition or on the desired end use, however, it is also possible to go above or below the abovementioned limits. Thus it is possible, for example, to process masses which are relatively poorly soluble after hardening and to cut them to lengths of from 100 to 1000 mm, preferably from 120 to 750 mm, and in particular from 150 to 500 mm. The hardened "rods"
obtained in this way may then be accommodated in wash-ing machines or dishwashers as depot blocks, where in each washing cycle a defined portion of the block is dissolved while the remainder remains in the machine or its dosing system for the next cleaning cycle.
After cutting to the desired tablet dimensions, the strand sections are hardened. Hardening is carried out differently (see below) depending on the composition of the masses, so that hardening may if desired be assisted or accelerated by means of appropriate measures. It is possible, for example, to initiate or accelerate reactive hardening by spraying activators onto the surface. In the case of radiation-hardening masses, exposure to radioactive rays may also be utilized, as can W radiation for UV-active masses. In preferred processes, hardening takes place by means of internal and external drying and/or cooling, so that preferred processes are those wherein the hardening of the material strands, cut to tablet dimensions, is assisted by superficial drying and/or cooling, in particular by blowing with cold air.
Following the description of the preferred embodiments in terms of apparatus, there now follows a description of the deformable and hardening masses for processing.
In this context, there is both a treatment of the composition and physical parameters and a description of possible hardening mechanisms.
The hardening of the deformable masses) may take place by different mechanisms, among which mention may be made of time-delayed water binding, cooling below the melting point, solvent evaporation, crystallization, chemical reaction(s), especially polymerization, and changes in the rheological properties as a result, for example, of altered shearing of the mass(es), as the most important hardening mechanisms, in addition to the already mentioned radiation hardening by means of W, alpha, beta or gamma rays.
In all cases, a deformable, preferably plastic, mass is prepared which may be shaped without great pressures.
After shaping, hardening then takes place by means of suitable initiation or elapse of a certain period of time. If the masses processed have self-hardening properties without further initiation, then this must be taken into account in the course of processing in order to avoid instances of hardening during shaping and, consequently, blockages and disruptions to the process sequences.
In processes which are preferred in the context of the present invention, hardening of the deformable mass (es) takes place by means of time-delayed water binding.
Time-delayed water binding in the masses processed in accordance with the invention may in turn be realized in different ways. Appropriate in this context, for example, are masses which comprise hydratable, anhyd-rous raw materials, or raw materials in low states of hydration, which are able to undergo transition to stable, higher hydrates, and which further comprise water. The formation of the hydrates, which does not take place spontaneously, then leads to the binding of free water, which in turn leads to hardening of the masses. Subsequently, low-pressure shaping is no longer possible, and tablets stable to handling are produced which may, if desired, be treated further and/or packaged.
Time-offset water binding may also take place, for example, by incorporating salts containing water of hydration, which when the temperature is increased dissolve in their own water of crystallization, into the masses. If there is a subsequent fall in tempera-ture, the water of crystallization is bound again, leading to a loss of shapeability by simple means and to a solidification of the masses.
The swelling of natural or synthetic polymers is another time-delayed water binding mechanism which may be utilized in the context of the process of the invention. In this case, mixtures of unswollen polymer and suitable swelling agent, e.g., water, diols, glycerol, etc., may be incorporated into the masses, with swelling and hardening taking place after shaping.
The most important mechanism of hardening by time-delayed water binding is the use of a combination of water with raw materials that are anhydrous or of low water content, which slowly hydrate. Particularly appropriate for this purpose are substances which contribute to the cleaning performance in the washing or cleaning process. In the context of the process of the invention, preferred ingredients of the deformable masses in this context are, for example, phosphates, carbonates, silicates, and zeolites.
It is particularly preferred if the resultant hydrate forms have low melting points, since in this way a combination of the hardening mechanisms by internal drying and cooling is achieved. Preferred processes are those wherein the deformable masses) comprises) from 10 to 95% by weight, preferably from 15 to 90% by weight, with particular preference from 20 to 85% by weight, and in particular from 25 to 80~ by weight, of anhydrous substances which pass by hydration into a hydrate form having a melting point below 120°C, preferably below 100°C, and in particular below 80°C.
The deformable properties of the masses may be influenced by adding plasticizers such as polyethylene glycols, polypropylene glycols, waxes, paraffins, non-ionic surfactants, and so on. Further details of the 10 classes of substance mentioned are given later on.
Raw materials for preferred incorporation into the deformable masses originate from the group of the phosphates, alkali metal phosphates being particularly 15 preferred. For the preparation of the masses, these substances are used in anhydrous or low-water-content form, and the desired plastic properties of the masses are established using water and also optional plastici-zers. After shaping, shaped and cut-to-length strands are then hardened by hydration of the phosphates.
Alkali metal phosphates is the collective term for the alkali metal (especially sodium and potassium) salts of the various phosphoric acids, among which meta-phosphoric acids (HP03)n and orthophosphoric acid H3P04, in addition to higher-molecular-mass representatives, may be distinguished. The phosphates combine a number of advantages: they act as alkali carriers, prevent limescale deposits on machine components, and lime incrustations on fabrics, and additionally contribute to cleaning performance.
Sodium dihydrogen phosphate, NaH2P04, exists as the dihydrate (density 1.91 g cm-3, melting point 60°) and as the monohydrate (density 2.04 g cm-3). Both salts are white powders of very ready solubility in water which lose the water of crystallization on heating and undergo transition at 200°C to the weakly acidic diphosphate (disodium dihydrogen diphosphate, NazH2P20~) and at the higher temperature into sodium trimeta-phosphate (Na3P309) and Maddrell's salt (see below) .
NaH2P04 reacts acidically; it is formed if phosphoric acid is adjusted to a pH of 4.5 using sodium hydroxide solution and the slurry is sprayed. Potassium dihydrogen phosphate (primary or monobasic potassium phosphate, potassium biphosphate, PDP), KH2PO4, is a white salt with a density of 2.33 g cm-3, has a melting point of 253° [decomposition with formation of potassium polyphosphate (KP03)X], and is readily soluble in water.
Disodium hydrogen phosphate (secondary sodium phosphate), Na2HP04, is a colorless, crystalline salt which is very readily soluble in water. It exists in anhydrous form and with 2 mol (density 2.066 g cm-3, water loss at 95°) , 7 mol (density 1.68 g cm-3, melting point 48° with loss of 5 H20), and 12 mol of water (density 1.52 g cm-3, melting point 35° with loss of 5 H20), becomes anhydrous at 100°, and if heated more severely undergoes transition to the diphosphate Na4P20~. Disodium hydrogen phosphate is prepared by neutralizing phosphoric acid with sodium carbonate solution using phenolphthalein as indicator.
Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate (secondary or dibasic potassium phosphate), K2HP04, is an amorphous white salt which is readily soluble in water.
Trisodium phosphate, tertiary sodium phosphate, Na3P04, exists as colorless crystals which as the dodecahydrate have a density of 1.62 g cm-3 and a melting point of 73-76°C (decomposition), as the decahydrate (corres-ponding to 19-20% P205) have a melting point of 100°C, and in anhydrous form (corresponding to 39-40% P205) have a density of 2.536 g cm-3. Trisodium phosphate is readily soluble in water, with an alkaline reaction, and is prepared by evaporative concentration of a solution of precisely 1 mol of disodium phosphate and 1 mol of NaOH. Tripotassium phosphate (tertiary or tribasic potassium phosphate), K3P04, is a white, deliquescent, granular powder of density 2.56 g cm-3, has a melting point of 1340°, and is readily soluble in water with an alkaline reaction. It is produced, for example, when Thomas slag is heated with charcoal and potassium sulfate. Despite the relatively high price, the more readily soluble and therefore highly active potassium phosphates are frequently preferred in the cleaning products industry over the corresponding sodium compounds.
Tetrasodium diphosphate (sodium pyrophosphate), Na4P20~, exists in anhydrous form (density 2.534 g cm-3, melting point 988°, 880° also reported) and as the decahydrate (density 1.815-1.836 g cm-3, melting point 94° with loss of water). Both substances are colorless crystals which dissolve in water with an alkaline reaction. Na4Pz0~ is formed when disodium phosphate is heated at > 200° or by reacting phosphoric acid with sodium carbonate in stoichiometric ratio and dewatering the solution by spraying. The decahydrate complexes heavy metal salts and water hardeners and therefore reduces the hardness of the water. Potassium diphosphate (potassium pyro-phosphate), K4P20~, exists in the form of the trihydrate and is a colorless, hygroscopic powder of density 2.33 g cm-3 which is soluble in water, the pH of the l~s strength solution at 25° being 10.4.
Condensation of NaH2P04 or of KHzP04 gives rise to higher-molecular-mass sodium and potassium phosphates, among which it is possible to distinguish cyclic representatives, the sodium and potassium metaphos-phates, and catenated types, the sodium and potassium polyphosphates. For the latter in particular a large number of names are in use: fused or calcined phosphates, Graham's salt, Kurrol's and Maddrell's salt. All higher sodium and potassium phosphates are referred to collectively as condensed phosphates.
The industrially important pentasodium triphosphate, Na5P301o (sodium tripolyphosphate), is a nonhygroscopic, white, water-soluble salt which is anhydrous or crystallizes with 6 H20 and has the general formula NaO- [P (O) (ONa) -O] n-Na where n - 3 . About 17 g of the anhydrous salt dissolve in 100 g of water at room temperature, at 60° about 20 g, at 100° around 32 g;
after heating the solution at 100°C for two hours, about 8% orthophosphate and 15% diphosphate are produced by hydrolysis. For the preparation of penta-sodium triphosphate, phosphoric acid is reacted with sodium carbonate solution or sodium hydroxide solution in stoichiometric ratio and the solution is dewatered by spraying. In a similar way to Graham's salt and sodium diphosphate, pentasodium triphosphate dissolves numerous insoluble metal compounds (including lime soaps, etc) . Pentapotassium triphosphate, KSP3Olo (potassium tripolyphosphate), is commercialized, for example, in the form of a 50% strength by weight solu-tion (> 23% P205, 25% K20) . The potassium polyphosphates find broad application in the laundry detergents and cleaning products industry. There also exist sodium potassium tripolyphosphates, which may likewise be used for the purposes of the present invention. These are formed, for example, when sodium trimetaphosphate is hydrolyzed with KOH:
(NaP03 ) 3 + 2 KOH -~ Na3KZP301o + H20 These phosphates can be used in accordance with the invention in precisely the same way as sodium tripolyphospate, potassium tripolyphosphate, or mixtures of these two; mixtures of sodium tripolyphosphate and sodium potassium tripolyphosphate, or mixtures of potassium tripolyphosphate and sodium potassium tripolyphosphate, or mixtures of sodium tripolyphosphate and potassium tripolyphosphate and sodium potassium tripolyphospate, may also be used in accordance with the invention.
In preferred processes the deformable masses) com-prise s) phosphate(s), preferably alkali metal phosphate(s), with particular preference pentasodium or pentapotassium triphosphate (sodium or potassium tripolyphosphate), in amounts of from 20 to 80% by weight, preferably from 25 to 75% by weight, and in particular from 30 to 70% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
Where phosphates are used as sole hydratable substances in the masses, the amount of added water should not exceed the water binding capacity thereof, in order to keep the free water content of the tablets low.
Overall, processes which have been found to be preferred for observing the abovementioned limits are those wherein the weight ratio of phosphates) to water in the deformable mass is less than 1:0.3, preferably less than 1:0.25, and in particular less than 1:0.2.
Further ingredients, which may be present instead of or in addition to phosphates in the deformable masses, are carbonates and/or hydrogen carbonates, preference being given to the alkali metal salts and, of these, particu-lar preference to the potassium salts and/or sodium salts. In preferred processes, the deformable masses) comprises) carbonates) and/or hydrogen carbonate(s), preferably alkali metal carbonate(s), with particular preference sodium carbonate, in amounts of from 5 to 50% by weight, preferably from 7.5 to 40% by weight, and in particular from 10 to 30% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
Here again, the comments made above regarding the water content of the masses are applicable. Processes which have been found to be preferred, in particular, are those wherein the weight ratio of carbonates) and/or 5 hydrogen carbonates) to water in the deformable mass is less than 1:0.2, preferably less than 1:0.15, and in particular less than 1:0.1.
Further ingredients which may be present instead of or 10 in addition to the abovementioned phosphates and/or carbonates and/or hydrogen carbonates in the deformable masses are silicates, preference being given to the alkali metal silicates and, of these, particular preference to the amorphous and/or crystalline sodium 15 and/or potassium disilicates.
Suitable crystalline, layered sodium silicates possess the general formula NaMSiX02X+lyH2~, where M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4, y is a number 20 from 0 to 20, and preferred values for x are 2, 3 or 4.
Crystalline phyllosilicates of this kind are described, for example, in European Patent Application EP-A-0 164 514. Preferred crystalline phyllosilicates of the formula indicated are those in which M is sodium and x adopts the value 2 or 3. In particular, both (3- and 8-sodium disilicates NazSizO5~yH20 are preferred, ~i-sodium disilicate, for example, being obtainable by the process described in International Patent Application WO-A-91/08171.
It is also possible to use amorphous sodium silicates having an Na20:Si0z modulus of from 1:2 to 1:3.3, preferably from 1:2 to 1:2.8, and in particular from 1:2 to 1:2.6, which are dissolution-retarded and have secondary washing properties. The retardation of dissolution relative to conventional amorphous sodium silicates may have been brought about in a variety of ways - for example, by surface treatment, compounding, compacting, or overdrying. In the context of this invention, the term "amorphous" also embraces "X-ray-amorphous". This means that in X-ray diffraction experiments the silicates do not yield the sharp X-ray reflections typical of crystalline substances but instead yield at best one or more maxima of the scattered X-radiation, having a width of several degree units of the diffraction angle. However, good builder properties may result, even particularly good builder properties, if the silicate particles in electron diffraction experiments yield vague or even sharp diffraction maxima. The interpretation of this is that the products have microcrystalline regions with a size of from 10 to several hundred nm, values up to max.
50 nm and in particular up to max. 20 nm being preferred. So-called X-ray-amorphous silicates of this kind, which likewise possess retarded dissolution relative to the conventional waterglasses, are described, for example, in German Patent Application DE-A-44 00 024. Particular preference is given to compacted amorphous silicates, compounded amorphous silicates, and overdried X-ray-amorphous silicates.
In processes which are preferred in the context of the present invention the deformable masses) comprises) silicate(s), preferably alkali metal silicates, with particular preference crystalline or amorphous alkali metal disilicates, in amounts of from 10 to 60% by weight, preferably from 15 to 50% by weight, and in particular from 20 to 40% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
Here again, the comments made above regarding the water content of the masses are applicable. Processes which have been found to be preferred are, in particular, those wherein the weight ratio of silicates) to water in the deformable mass is less than 1:0.25, preferably less than 1:0.2, and in particular less than 1:0.15.
Likewise suitable as an important component in the masses for processing in accordance with the invention are substances from the group of the zeolites. These substances constitute preferred builders especially in connection with the production of laundry detergent tablets. Zeolites have the general formula M2~n0 ' A1203 ' X 5102 ' y Hz0 in which M is a cation of valence n, x is greater than or equal to 2, and y may adopt values between 0 and 20.
The zeolite structures are formed by linking of A104 tetrahedra with Si04 tetrahedra, this network being occupied by cations and water molecules. The cations in these structures are relatively mobile and may be replaced to different degrees by other cations. The intercrystalline "zeolitic" water may be released, continuously and reversibly depending on zeolite type, while with certain types of zeolite structural changes are also associated with the release and/or uptake of water.
Within the structural subunits, the "primary binding units" (A104 tetrahedra and Si04 tetrahedra) form so-called "secondary binding units", which possess the form of single or multiple rings. For example, in various zeolites there are 4-, 6- and 8-membered rings (referred to as S4R, S6R and S8R), while other types are joined by way of four- and six-membered double-ring prisms (commonest types: D4R as a tetragonal and D6R as a hexagonal prism). These "secondary subunits" join different polyhedra, which are referred to using Greek letters. The most widespread in this context is a poly-hedron composed of six squares and eight equilateral hexagons, which is referred to as "~i". Using these building units, it is possible to produce many different zeolites. Known to date are 34 natural zeolite minerals and approximately 100 synthetic zeolites.
The best-known zeolite, zeolite 4 A, is a cubic assembly of (3 cages linked by D4R subunits. It belongs to the zeolite structural group 3 and its three-dimensional network has pores of 2.2 A and 4.2 A in size; the formula unit in the unit cell may be described by Nalz [ (AlOz) iz (SiOz) lz] ' 27 H20.
In the process of the invention it is preferred to use zeolites of the faujasite type. Together with the zeolites X and Y, the mineral faujasite belongs to the faujasite types within the zeolite structural group 4, which is characterized by the double-hexagon subunit D6R (compare Donald W. Breck: "Zeolite Molecular Sieves", John Wiley & Sons, New York, London, Sydney, Toronto, 1974, page 92). In addition to the above-mentioned faujasite types, the zeolite structural group 4 also includes the minerals chabazite and gmelinite and also the synthetic zeolite R (chabazite type), S
(gmelinite type), L, and ZK-5. The two last-mentioned synthetic zeolites have no mineral analogs.
Zeolites of the faujasite type are composed of ~3 cages linked tetrahedrally by way of D6R subunits, the (3 cages being arranged in a manner similar to the carbon atoms in diamond. The three-dimensional network of the faujasite-type zeolites used in the process of the invention has pores of 2.2 and 7.4 A; the unit cell includes, moreover, 8 cavities having a diameter of approximately 13 A and may be described by the formula Naes [ (AlOz) es (SiOz) lost ~ 264 HzO. The network of zeolite X
includes a cavity volume of approximately 50~, based on the dehydrated crystal, which constitutes the largest empty space of all known zeolites (zeolite Y: approxim-ately 48~ cavity volume, faujasite: approximately 47~
cavity volume). (All data from: Donald W. Breck:
"Zeolite Molecular Sieves", John Wiley & Sons, New York, London, Sydney, Toronto, 1974, pages 145, 176, 177 . ) In the context of the present invention, the term "faujasite-type zeolite" denotes all three zeolites which form the faujasite subgroup of the zeolite structural group 4. In addition to zeolite X, there-fore, zeolite Y and faujasite, and mixtures of these compounds, may be used in accordance with the invention, preference being given to straight zeolite X.
Mixtures or cocrystallizates of zeolites of the faujasite type with other zeolites, which need not necessarily belong to the zeolite structural group 4, may also be used in accordance with the invention, the advantages of the process of the invention being mani-fested particularly if at least 50% by weight of the powdering agent comprises a faujasite-type zeolite. It is also conceivable, for example, to use the minimum amount of a faujasite-type zeolite (0.5% by weight, based on the weight of the tablet being produced) and to use conventional zeolite A as the remaining powder-ing agent. In any case, however, it is preferred for the powdering agent to consist exclusively of one or more faujasite-type zeolites, with zeolite X again being preferred.
The aluminum silicates which are used with preference in the process of the invention are commercially available, and the methods of their preparation are described in standard monographs.
Examples of commercially available zeolites of the X
type may be described by the following formulae:
Naas [ (A102) as (SiOz) los] 'x H20, K86 [ (Al Oz) 86 (SlOz) 106 'X HzO, Ca4oNas [ (AlOz) ss (SiOz) 106 'x H20, SrzlBazz [ (AlOz ) as ( SiOz ) los ~ ' x HzO, in which x may adopt values of between 0 and 276, and which have pore sizes of from 8.0 to 8.4 A.
A product available commercially and able to be used with preference in the context of the present inven-tion, for example, is a cocrystallizate of zeolite X
and zeolite A (approximately 80a by weight zeolite X), which is sold by CONDEA Augusta S.p.A. under the brand name VEGOBOND AX~ and may be described by the formula nNazO~ (1-n) K2O~AlzO3~ (2-2 . 5) SiOz~ (3 . 5-5. 5) H20.
Zeolites of the Y type are also commercially available and may be described, for example, by the formulae Nass [ (AlO2) s6 (SlO2) 136 'X HzO, Kss [ (AlOz) ss (SiOz) 13s~ 'X HzO, in which x stands for numbers between 0 and 276, and which have pore sizes of 8.0 A.
Preferred processes are those wherein the deformable masses) comprises) zeolite(s), preferably zeolite A, zeolite P, zeolite X and mixtures thereof, in amounts of from 10 to 60~ by weight, preferably from 15 to 50~
by weight, and in particular from 20 to 40~ by weight, based in each case on the mass.
The particle sizes of the faujasite-type zeolites used with preference in the process of the invention is preferably within the range from 0.1 up to 100 Vim, more preferably between 0.5 and 50 Vim, and in particular between 1 and 30 Vim, in each case measured with standard particle size determination methods.
It is generally preferred in this context to use finely divided solids in the masses for processing in accord-ance with the invention, irrespective of whether said solids comprise the abovementioned zeolites or other builders or bleaches, bleach activators or other solids. Very generally, preference is given to process variants wherein the average particle size of the solids used in the deformable masses) is below 400 Vim, preferably below 300 Vim, and in particular below 200 Vim.
The average particle size in this case is the arithmetic mean of the individual particle sizes, which may vary. Particularly preferred processes are those wherein less than 10% by weight, preferably less than 5% by weight, and in particular less than 1% by weight, of the solids used in the deformable masses) have particle sizes above 1000 Vim. The upper particle size range may be narrowed even further, so that particu-larly preferred processes are those wherein less than 15% by weight, preferably less than 10% by weight, and in particular less than 5% by weight, of the solids used in the deformable masses) have particle sizes above 800 Vim.
In general, however, even narrower particle size dis-tributions are preferred, where the breadth of fluc-tuation about the average particle size is not more than 50%, preferably not more than 40%, and in particu-lar not more than 30%, of the average particle size;
i.e., the particle sizes make up at least 0.7 times and at most 1.3 times the average particle size.
Above, the weight ratio of water to certain ingredients in masses preferred in accordance with the invention for processing has been specified. After processing, this water is preferably bound in the form of hydrate water, so that the process end products preferably have a significantly lower free water content. Preferred end products of the process of the invention are essen-tially water-free; i.e., in a state in which the amount of liquid water, i.e., water not present in the form of hydrate water and/or constitution water, is less than 2% by weight, preferably less than 1% by weight, and in particular even below 0.5% by weight, based in each case on the tablets: Accordingly, preferred processes of the invention are those wherein the tablets comprise less than 10% by weight, preferably less than 5% by weight, with particular preference less than 1% by weight, and in particular less than 0.5% by weight, of free water. Water may accordingly be present essen-tially only in chemically and/or physically bound form or as a constituent of the solid raw materials or compounds, but not as a liquid, solvent or dispersion, in the end products of the process of the invention.
Advantageously, the tablets at the end of the produc-tion process of the invention have an overall water content of not more than 15% by weight, with this water, therefore, being present not in liquid, free form but instead in chemically and/or physically bound form, and it is particularly preferred for the amount of water that is not bound to zeolite and/or to silicates in the solid premix to amount to not more than 10% by weight and in particular not more than 7%
by weight.
Process end products which are particularly preferred in the context of the present invention not only possess an extremely small proportion of free water but are preferably themselves still able to bind further free water. In preferred processes, the water content of the tablets is from 50 to 100% of the calculated water binding capacity.
The water binding capacity is the ability of a sub-s stance (in this case, of the process end product) to absorb water in chemically stable form, and ultimately indicates the amount of water which can be bound in the form of stable hydrates by a substance or by a tablet .
The dimensionless value of the water binding capacity (WBC) is calculated from:
~C,_n~18 M
where n is the number of water molecules in the corresponding hydrate of the substance and M is the molar mass of the unhydrated substance. For the water binding capacity of anhydrous sodium carbonate (formation of sodium carbonate monohydrate), for example, this gives a value of 1.18 WBC = = 0.17.
223+12+316 The value WBC may be calculated for all hydrate-forming substances that are used in the masses for processing in accordance with the invention. The percentage proportions of these substances then produce the over-all water binding capacity of the formulation. In preferred process end products, then, the water content is between 50 and 100% of this calculated value.
In addition to the water content of the process end products and the ratio of water to certain raw mater-ials, it is also to make statements about the absolute water content of the masses for processing in accord-ance with the invention. In particularly preferred processes, the deformable masses) in the course of processing has (have) a water content of from 2.5 to 30% by weight, preferably from 5 to 25% by weight, and in particular from 7.5 to 20% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
A further mechanism for the hardening of the masses processed in the process of the invention consists in the cooling of the masses during processing above their softening point. Processes wherein the hardening of the deformable masses) takes place by cooling below the melting point, accordingly, are preferred.
Masses which may be softened under the action of temperature may easily be formulated by mixing the desired further ingredients with a meltable or soften-able substance, and heating the mixture to temperatures within the softening range of this substance and shaping the mixture at these temperatures. It is particularly preferred in this case to use waxes, paraffins, polyalkylene glycols, etc., as meltable or softenable substances. These substances are described below.
The meltable or softenable substances should have a melting range (solidification range) situated within a temperature range in which the other ingredients of the masses to be processed are not exposed to any excessive thermal load. On the other hand, however, the melting range must be sufficiently high still to provide a handleable tablet at at least slightly elevated temperature. In masses preferred in accordance with the invention, the meltable or softenable substances have a melting point above 30°C.
It has proven advantageous for the meltable or softenable substances not to exhibit a sharply defined melting point, as encountered commonly with pure, crystalline substances, but instead to have a melting range which covers, in some cases, several degrees Celsius. The meltable or softenable substances preferably have a melting range which lies between about 45°C and above 75°C. In the present case that 5 means that the melting range occurs within the stated temperature interval, and does not denote the width of the melting range. The width of the melting range is preferably at least 1°C, more preferably from about 2 to about 3°C.
The abovementioned properties are in general possessed by what are called waxes. The term "waxes" is applied to a range of natural or synthetic substances which melt without decomposition, generally at above 40°C, and are of comparatively low viscosity, without stringing, at just a little above the melting point.
They have a highly temperature-dependent consistency and solubility.
According to their origin, the waxes are divided into three groups: the natural waxes, chemically modified waxes, and the synthetic waxes.
The natural waxes include, for example, plant waxes such as candelilla wax, carnauba wax, Japan wax, esparto grass wax, cork wax, guaruma wax, rice germ oil wax, sugarcane wax, ouricury wax, or montan wax, animal waxes such as beeswax, shellac wax, spermaceti, lanolin (wool wax), uropygial grease, mineral waxes such as ceresin or ozokerite (earth wax), or petrochemical waxes such as petrolatum, paraffin waxes or microcrystalline waxes.
The chemically modified waxes include, for example, hard waxes such as montan ester waxes, sassol waxes, or hydrogenated jojoba waxes.
By synthetic waxes are meant, in general, polyalkylene waxes or polyalkylene glycol waxes. As meltable or softenable substances for the masses which harden by cooling it is also possible to use compounds from other classes of substance which meet the stated requirements in terms of softening point. Examples of synthetic compounds which have proven suitable are higher esters of phthalic acid, especially dicyclohexyl phthalate, which is available commercially under the name Unimoll~
66 (Bayer AG). Also suitable are synthetically prepared waxes from lower carboxylic acids and fatty alcohols, an example being dimyristyl tartrate, which is available under the name Cosmacol~ ETLP (Condea).
Conversely, synthetic or partially synthetic esters of lower alcohols with fatty acids from natural sources may also be used. This class of substance includes, for example, Tegiri 90 (Goldschmidt), a glyceryl mono-stearate palmitate. Shellac as well, for example, Schellack-KPS-Dreiring-SP (Kalkhoff GmbH), may be used according to the invention as meltable or softenable substances.
Likewise counted among the waxes in the context of the present invention are, for example, the so-called wax alcohols. Wax alcohols are relatively high molecular mass, water-insoluble fatty alcohols having in general from about 22 to 40 carbon atoms. The wax alcohols occur, for example, in the form of wax esters of relatively high molecular mass fatty acids (wax acids) as a principal constituent of many natural waxes.
Examples of wax alcohols are lignoceryl alcohol (1-tetracosanol), cetyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, and melissyl alcohol. The coating of the particulate solids coated in accordance with the invention may, if desired, also include wool wax alcohols, by which are meant triterpenoid and steroid alcohols, an example being lanolin, which is available under the commercial designation Argowax~ (Pamentier & Co.), for example.
Likewise possible for use, at least proportionally, as a constituent of the coating are, in the context of the present invention, fatty acid glycerol esters or fatty acid alkanolamides, and also, if desired, water-s insoluble or only sparingly water-soluble polyalkylene glycol compounds.
Particularly preferred meltable or softenable substances in the masses for processing are those from the group consisting of polyethylene glycols (PEG) and/or polypropylene glycols (PPG), preference being given to polyethylene glycols having molecular masses of between 1500 and 36,000, particular preference to those having molecular masses of from 2000 to 6000, and special preference to those having molecular masses of from 3000 to 5000. Corresponding processes wherein the plastically deformable masses) comprises) at least one substance from the group of polyethylene glycols (PEG) and/or polypropylene glycols (PPG) are also preferred.
In this context, particularly preferred masses for processing in accordance with the invention are those comprising polypropylene glycols (PPG) and/or polyethylene glycols (PEG) as sole meltable or softenable substances. Polypropylene glycols (abbreviation PPG) which may be used in accordance with the invention are polymers of propylene glycol which satisfy the general formula I
H-~o-cH-cH2y-off ( I ) I
where n can adopt values between 10 and 2000. Preferred PPGs have molecular masses of between 1000 and 10,000 and, correspondingly, values of n of between 17 and approximately 170.
Polyethylene glycols (abbreviation PEG) which may be used with preference in accordance with the invention are polymers of ethylene glycol which satisfy the general formula II
H- (O-CHZ-CH2) n-OH ( I I ) where n can adopt values between 20 and approximately 1000. The abovementioned preferred molecular weight ranges correspond in this case to preferred ranges for the value n in formula II of from about 30 to about 820 (to be exact: from 34 to 818), with particular preference from about 40 to about 150 (to be exact:
from 45 to 136), and in particular from about 70 to about 120 (to be exact: from 68 to 113).
In another preferred embodiment, the masses for processing in accordance with the invention comprise paraffin wax in the predominant fraction. That means that at least 50% by weight of the total meltable or softenable substances present, preferably more, consist of paraffin wax. Particularly suitable are paraffin wax contents (based on total meltable or softenable substances) of approximately 60% by weight, approximately 70% by weight or approximately 80% by weight, with special preference being given to even higher proportions, of, for example, more than 90% by weight. In one particular embodiment of the invention, the total amount of the meltable or softenable substances used consists exclusively of paraffin wax.
Relative to the other, natural waxes mentioned, paraffin waxes have the advantage in the context of the present invention that in an alkaline cleaning product environment there is no hydrolysis of the waxes (as is to be expected, for example, with the wax esters), since paraffin wax contains no hydrolyzable groups.
Paraffin waxes consist primarily of alkanes, plus low fractions of isoalkanes and cycloalkanes. The paraffin for use in accordance with the invention preferably contains essentially no constituents having a melting point of more than 70°C, with particular preference of more than 60°C. Below this melting temperature in the cleaning product liquor, fractions of high-melting alkanes in the paraffin may leave unwanted wax residues on the surfaces to be cleaned or on the ware to be cleaned. 4dax residues of this kind lead in general to an unattractive appearance of the cleaned surface and should therefore be avoided.
Masses for processing with preference comprise as meltable or softenable substances at least one paraffin wax having a melting range from 50°C to 60°C, preferred processes being those wherein deformable masses) comprises) a paraffin wax having a melting range of from 50°C to 55°C.
Preferably, the amount of alkanes, isoalkanes and cycloalkanes which are solid at ambient temperature (generally from about 10 to about 30°C) in the paraffin wax used is as high as possible. The larger the amount of solid wax constituents in a wax at room temperature, the more useful that wax is in the context of the present invention. As the proportion of solid wax constituents increases, there is an increase in the resistance of the process end products to impacts or friction on other surfaces, resulting in a longer-lasting protection. High proportions of oils or liquid wax constituents may weaken the tablets or tablet regions, as a result of which pores are opened and the active substances are exposed to the ambient influences mentioned at the outset.
In addition to paraffin as main constituent, the meltable or softenable substances may further comprise one or more of the abovementioned waxes or waxlike 5 substances. In a further preferred embodiment of the present invention, the mixture forming the meltable or softenable substances should be such that the mass and the tablets or tablet constituent formed from it are at least substantially water-insoluble. At a temperature 10 of about 30°C, the solubility in water should not exceed about 10 mg/1 and preferably should be below 5 mg/1.
In such cases, however, the meltable or softenable 15 substances should have as low a solubility in water as possible, even in water at elevated temperature, in order as far as possible to avoid temperature-independent release of the active substances.
20 The principle described above is used for the delayed release of ingredients at a particular point in time in the cleaning operation and can be employed with particular advantage if rinsing is carried out in the main rinse cycle at a relatively low temperature (for 25 example, 55°C), so that the active substance is not released from the rinse aid particles until the rinse cycle at higher temperatures (approximately 70°C). .
Preferred masses to be processed in accordance with the 30 invention comprise as meltable or softenable substances one or more substances having a melting range of from 40°C to 75°C in amounts of from 6 to 30% by weight, preferably from 7.5 to 25% by weight, and in particular from 10 to 20% by weight, based in each case on the 35 weight of the mass.
A further mechanism by which the masses may harden is the evaporation of solvents. To this end it is possible to prepare solutions or dispersions of the desired ingredients in one or more suitable, volatile solvents, said solutions or dispersions emitting this (these) solvents) after the shaping step and, in so doing, hardening. Examples of appropriate solvents are lower alkanols, aldehydes, ethers, esters, etc., which are selected in accordance with the further composition of the masses for processing. Particularly suitable sol-vents for such processes wherein the deformable masses) hardens) by evaporation of solvents are ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, 1-hexanol, and the acetates of the abovementioned alcohols, especially ethyl acetate.
The evaporation of the abovementioned solvents may be accelerated by heating after shaping and cutting to length, or by air movement. Combinations of the measures specified are also suitable for this purpose, for example, the blowing of the cut-to-length tablets with warm or hot air.
A further mechanism which may form the basis for the hardening of the shaped and cut-to-length masses is that of crystallization. Processes wherein the deform able masses) hardens) by crystallization are likewise preferred.
Crystallization, as a mechanism on which the hardening is based, may be utilized by using, for example, melts of crystalline substances as the basis of one or more shapable masses. Following processing, systems of this kind undergo transition to a higher state of order, which in turn leads to hardening of the overall tablet formed. Alternatively, crystallization may take place by crystallization from supersaturated solution. In the context of the present invention, supersaturation refers to a metastable state in which, in a closed system, more of one substance is present than is required for saturation. A supersaturated solution obtained, for example, by undercooling accordingly com-prises more dissolved substance than it should contain in thermal equilibrium. The excess of dissolved sub-stance may be brought to instantaneous crystallization by seeding with seed crystal or dust particles or by agitating the system. In the context of the present invention, the term "supersaturated" always refers to a temperature of 20°C. If x grams of a substance per liter dissolve in a defined solvent at a temperature of 20°C, then the solution, in the context of the present invention, may be referred to as "supersaturated" if it contains (x + y) grams of the substance per liter, y being > 0. Consequently, in the context of the present invention, solutions referred to as "supersaturated"
include those which at an elevated temperature are used as the basis of a mass for processing and are processed at this temperature, in which more dissolved substance is present in the solution than would dissolve in the same amount of solvent at 20°C.
The term "solubility" is understood by the present invention to mean the maximum amount of a substance which the solvent is able to accommodate at a certain temperature, i.e., the fraction of the dissolved substance in a solution saturated at the temperature in question. Where a solution contains more dissolved sub-stance than it should contain in thermodynamic equili-brium at a given temperature (for example, in the case of undercooling), it is referred to as supersaturated.
By seeding with seed crystals it is possible to cause the excess to precipitate as a sediment in the solution, which is now just saturated. A solution saturated in respect of a substance may, however, also dissolve other substances (for example, it is still possible to dissolve sugar in a saturated solution of common salt).
The state of supersaturation can be achieved, as described above, by slow cooling or by undercooling of a solution, provided the dissolved substance is more soluble in the solvent at higher temperatures. Other possibilities to obtain supersaturated solutions are, for example, the combination of two solutions whose ingredients react to form another substance which does not immediately precipitate (hindered or retarded precipitation reactions). The latter mechanism is particularly suitable as a basis for the formation of masses for processing in accordance with the invention.
In principle, the state of supersaturation is achiev-able in any kind of solution, although the principle described in the present specification finds its application, as already mentioned, in the production of laundry detergents and cleaning products. Accordingly, some systems, which in principle tend to form super-saturated solutions, are less suitable for use in accordance with the invention, since the systems of substance on which they are based cannot be used, on Pnvirnnmr~ntal. toxiCOlOQI.Cal, or economic crrounds. In addition to nonionic surfactants or common nonaqueous solvents, therefore, particular preference is given to processes of the invention with the last-mentioned hardening mechanism wherein a supersaturated aqueous solution is used as the basis of at least one mass for processing.
As already mentioned above, the state of supersatura-tion in the context of the present invention refers to the saturated solution at 20°C. By using solutions which have a temperature above 20°C it is easy to attain the state of supersaturation. Process of the invention wherein the crystallization-hardening mass during processing has a temperature of between 35 and 120°C, preferably between 40 and 110°C, with particular preference between 45 and 90°C, and in particular between 50 and 80°C, are preferred in the context of the present invention.
Since the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets produced are generally neither stored at elevated temperatures nor later used at these elevated temperatures, the cooling of the mixture leads to the precipitation from the supersaturated solution of the fraction of dissolved substance which was present in the solution above the saturation limit at 20°C. Thus, on cooling, the supersaturated solution may divided into a saturated solution and a sediment. An alter-native possibility is that, owing to recrystallization and hydration phenomena, the supersaturated solution solidifies on cooling to form a solid. This is the case, for example, if certain salts containing hydration water dissolve in their water of crystallization on heating. In this case, supersaturated solutions are often formed on cooling which by mechanical action or addition of seed crystal to a solid - the salt, containing water of crystallization, as the state which is thermodynamically stable at room temperature -solidify. This phenomenon is known, for example, for sodium thiosulfate pentahydrate and sodium acetate trihydrate, the latter salt in particular, containing hydration water, being suitable for use with advantage in the form of the supersaturated solution in the process of the invention. Specific laundry detergent and cleaning product ingredients as well, such as phosphonates, for example, display this phenomenon and are outstandingly suitable in the form of the solutions as granulation aids. For this purpose the corresponding phosphonic acids (see below) are neutralized with concentrated alkali, the solution becoming heated as a result of the heat of neutralization. On cooling, these solutions form solids of the corresponding alkali metal phosphonates. By incorporating further laundry deter-s gent and cleaning product ingredients into the solutions while still hot, it is possible in accordance with the invention to prepare processable masses of different composition. Particularly preferred processes of the invention are those wherein the supersaturated 10 solution used as a basis of the hardening mass solidifies at room temperature to form a solid. It is preferred in this case that the formerly supersaturated solution, following solidification to form a solid, cannot be converted back into a supersaturated solution 15 by heating to the temperature at which the super-saturated solution was formed. This is the case, for example, with the phosphonates mentioned.
As mentioned above, the supersaturated solution used as 20 a basis of the hardening mass may be obtained in a number of ways and then processed in accordance with the invention following optional admixing of further ingredients. One simple way, for example, is to prepare the supersaturated solution which is used as the basis 25 of the hardening mass by dissolving the dissolved sub-stance in heated solvent. If the amounts of the dissolved substance that are dissolved in this way in the heated solvent are higher than those which would dissolve at 20°C, then a solution is present which is 30 supersaturated within the meaning of the present invention and which either hot (see above) or after cooling, and in the metastable state, may be introduced into the mixer.
35 A further possibility is to remove the water from salts containing hydration water by "dry" heating and to dissolve them in their own water of crystallization (see above). This too is a method of preparing super-saturated solutions that may be used in the context of the present invention.
Another way is to add a gas or other fluid or solution to a non-supersaturated solution, so that the dissolved substance reacts in the solution to form a less soluble substance or dissolved to a lesser extent in the mixture of the solvents. The combination of two solutions each containing two substances which react with one another to form a less soluble substance is likewise a method of preparing supersaturated solu-tions, provided the less-soluble substance does not precipitate instantaneously. Processes which are like-wise preferred in the context of the present invention are those wherein the supersaturated solution used as the basis of the hardening mass is prepared by combin-ing two or more solutions. Examples of such ways of preparing supersaturated solutions are dealt with below.
Preferred processes of the invention are those wherein the supersaturated aqueous solution is obtained by combining an aqueous solution of one or more acidic ingredients of laundry detergents and cleaning pro-ducts, preferably from the group of the surfactant acids, the builder acids, and the complexing agent acids, and an aqueous alkali solution, preferably an aqueous alkali metal hydroxide solution, in particular an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution.
Among the representatives of said classes of compound that have already been mentioned earlier on above, the phosphonates in particular occupy an outstanding position in the context of the present invention. In preferred processes of the invention, therefore, the supersaturated aqueous solution is obtained by combin-ing an aqueous phosphonic acid solution with concentra-tions above 45% by weight, preferably above 50% by weight, and in particular above 55% by weight, based in each case on the phosphonic acid solution, and an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution with concentrations above 35% by weight, preferably above 40% by weight, and in particular above 45% by weight, based in each case on the sodium hydroxide solution.
The hardening of the deformable masses) may, in accordance with the invention, also take place by means of chemical reaction(s), especially addition polymeri-zation. Suitable in this context, in principle, are all chemical reactions which, starting from one or more liquid to paste-like substances, lead, by reaction with (an)other substance(s), to solids. Especially suitable in this context are chemical reactions which do not lead suddenly to said change of state. From the multi-tude of chemical reactions which lead to solidification phenomena, suitable reactions are in particular those in which larger molecules are built up from smaller molecules. These reactions include, in turn, preferably reactions in which many small molecules react to form (one) larger molecule(s). These are what are known as polymerization reactions (polyaddition, addition polymerization, polycondensation) and polymer-analogous reactions. The corresponding addition polymers, polyadducts (poly-addition products) or polycondensates (polycondensation products) then give the finished, cut-to-length tablet its strength.
In view of the intended use of the products produced in accordance with the invention it is preferred to utilize as hardening mechanism the formation of those solid substances from liquid or paste-like starting materials which are in any case to be used in the laundry detergent and cleaning product as ingredients, examples being cobuilders, soil repellents, and soil release polymers. Such cobuilders may originate, for example, from the groups of the polycarboxylates/poly-carboxylic acids, polymeric polycarboxylates, aspartic acid, polyacetals, dextrins, etc. These classes of substance are described later on.
A further mechanism by which the deformable masses) may harden in the context of the present invention is that of hardening as a result of a change in rheo-logical properties.
In this case, use is made of the property possessed by certain substances of changing - in some instances, drastically - their rheological properties under the action of shear forces. Examples of such systems, which are familiar to the skilled worker, are phyllosili-Gates, for example, which under shearing have a highly thickening action in appropriate matrices and may lead to masses of firm consistency.
It is of course possible for two or more hardening mechanisms to be combined with one another and/or used simultaneously in one mass. Appropriate in this case, for example, are crystallization with simultaneous solvent evaporation, cooling with simultaneous crystallization, water binding ("internal drying") with simultaneous external drying, etc.
The general description of mechanisms which may form the basis for hardening in the process of the invention is followed by a detailed description of the other ingredients to be used in the masses for processing.
Preferred end products of the process of the invention, i.e. preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, further comprise one or more surfactants.
Accordingly, it is preferred for at least one of the masses for processing to comprise surfactant(s). In the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets of the invention it is possible to use anionic, nonionic, cationic and/or amphoteric surfactants, and/or mixtures thereof. From a performance standpoint, preference is given to mixtures of anionic and nonionic surfactants.
The total surfactant content of the tablets is for laundry detergent tablets from 5 to 60~ by weight, based on the tablet weight, preference being given to surfactant contents of more than 15% by weight, while cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing contain preferably less than 5% by weight of surfactant (s) .
Anionic surfactants used are, for example, those of the sulfonate and sulfate type. Preferred surfactants of the sulfonate type are C9_13 alkylbenzenesulfonates, olefinsulfonates, i.e., mixtures of alkenesulfonates and hydroxyalkanesulfonates, and also disulfonates, as are obtained, for example, from Clz-ie monoolefins having a terminal or internal double bond by sulfonating with gaseous sulfur trioxide followed by alkaline or acidic hydrolysis of the sulfonation products. Also suitable are alkanesulfonates, which are obtained from C12-18 alkanes, for example, by sulfochlorination or sulfoxidation with subsequent hydrolysis or neutralization, respectively. Likewise suitable, in addition, are the esters of a-sulfo fatty acids (ester sulfonates), e.g., the a-sulfonated methyl esters of hydrogenated coconut, palm kernel or tallow fatty acids.
Further suitable anionic surfactants are sulfated fatty acid glycerol esters. Fatty acid glycerol esters are the monoesters, diesters and triesters, and mixtures thereof, as obtained in the preparation by esterification of a monoglycerol with from 1 to 3 mol of fatty acid or in the transesterification of triglycerides with from 0.3 to 2 mol of glycerol.
Preferred sulfated fatty acid glycerol esters are the sulfation products of saturated fatty acids having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, examples being those of caproic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, myristic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, or behenic acid.
5 Preferred alk(en)yl sulfates are the alkali metal salts, and especially the sodium salts, of the sulfuric monoesters of Clz-Cla fatty alcohols, examples being those of coconut fatty alcohol, tallow fatty alcohol, lauryl, myristyl, cetyl or stearyl alcohol, or of Clo_Czo 10 oxo alcohols, and those monoesters of secondary alcohols of these chain lengths. Preference is also given to alk(en)yl sulfates of said chain length which contain a synthetic straight-chain alkyl radical prepared on a petrochemical basis, these sulfates 15 possessing degradation properties similar to those of the corresponding compounds based on fatty-chemical raw materials. From a detergents standpoint, the Clz-Cls alkyl sulfates and Clz-Cls alkyl sulfates, and also C14-Cls alkyl sulfates, are preferred. In addition, 2, 3-20 alkyl sulfates, which may for example be prepared in accordance with US Patents 3,234,258 or 5,075,041 and obtained as commercial products from Shell Oil Company under the name DAN~, are suitable anionic surfactants.
25 Also suitable are the sulfuric monoesters of the straight-chain or branched C7_zl alcohols ethoxylated with from 1 to 6 mol of ethylene oxide, such as 2-methyl-branched C9_11 alcohols containing on average 3.5 mol of ethylene oxide (EO) or Clz-la fatty alcohols 30 containing from 1 to 4 EO. Because of their high foaming behavior they are used in cleaning products only in relatively small amounts, for example, in amounts of from 1 to 5% by weight.
35 Further suitable anionic surfactants include the salts of alkylsulfosuccinic acid, which are also referred to as sulfosuccinates or as sulfosuccinic esters and which constitute monoesters and/or diesters of sulfosuccinic ' 46 acid with alcohols, preferably fatty alcohols and especially ethoxylated fatty alcohols. Preferred sulfosuccinates comprise C8_18 fatty alcohol radicals or mixtures thereof. Especially preferred sulfosuccinates contain a fatty alcohol radical derived from ethoxylated fatty alcohols which themselves represent nonionic surfactants (for description, see below).
Particular preference is given in turn to sulfosuccinates whose fatty alcohol radicals are derived from ethoxylated fatty alcohols having a narrowed homolog distribution. Similarly, it is also possible to use alk(en)ylsuccinic acid containing preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms in the alk(en)yl chain, or salts thereof.
Further suitable anionic surfactants are, in particular, soaps. Suitable soaps include saturated fatty acid soaps, such as the salts of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, hydrogenated erucic acid and behenic acid, and, in particular, mixtures of soaps derived from natural fatty acids, e.g., coconut, palm kernel, or tallow fatty acids.
The anionic surfactants, including the soaps, may be present in the form of their sodium, potassium or ammonium salts and also as soluble salts of organic bases, such as mono-, di- or triethanolamine.
Preferably, the anionic surfactants are in the form of their sodium or potassium salts, in particular in the form of the sodium salts.
Nonionic surfactants used are preferably alkoxylated, advantageously ethoxylated, especially primary, alcohols having preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms and on average from 1 to 12 mol of ethylene oxide (EO) per mole of alcohol, in which the alcohol radical may be linear or, preferably, methyl-branched in position 2 ' 47 .and/or may comprise linear and methyl-branched radicals in a mixture, as are commonly present in oxo alcohol radicals. In particular, however, preference is given to alcohol ethoxylates containing linear radicals from alcohols of natural origin having 12 to 18 carbon atoms, e.g., from coconut, palm, tallow fatty or oleyl alcohol, and on average from 2 to 8 EO per mole of alcohol. Preferred ethoxylated alcohols include, for example, Clz-14 alcohols containing 3 EO or 4 EO, C9_11 alcohol containing 7 EO, Cla-is alcohols containing 3 EO, 5 EO, 7 EO or 8 EO, Clz-la alcohols containing 3 EO, 5 EO
or 7 EO, and mixtures thereof, such as mixtures of Clz-14 alcohol containing 3 EO and Clz-la alcohol containing 5 EO. The stated degrees of ethoxylation represent statistical mean values, which for a specific product may be an integer or a fraction. Preferred alcohol ethoxylates have a narrowed homolog distribution (narrow range ethoxylates, NREs). In addition to these nonionic surfactants it is also possible to use fatty alcohols containing more than 12 EO. Examples thereof are tallow fatty alcohol containing 14 EO, 25 EO, 30 EO
or 40 EO.
As further nonionic surfactants, furthermore, use may also be made of alkyl glycosides of the general formula RO(G)X, where R is a primary straight-chain or methyl-branched aliphatic radical, especially an aliphatic radical methyl-branched in position 2, containing 8 to 22, preferably 12 to 18, carbon atoms, and G is the symbol representing a glycose unit having 5 or 6 carbon atoms, preferably glucose. The degree of oligomerization, x, which indicates the distribution of monoglycosides and oligoglycosides, is any desired number between 1 and 10; preferably, x is from 1.2 to 1.4.
A further class of nonionic surfactants used with preference, which are used either as sole nonionic surfactant or in combination with other nonionic surfactants, are alkoxylated, preferably ethoxylated, or ethoxylated and propoxylated, fatty acid alkyl esters, preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, especially fatty acid methyl esters, as are described, for example, in Japanese Patent Application JP 58/217598, or those prepared preferably by the process described in International Patent Application WO-A-90/13533.
Nonionic surfactants of the amine oxide type, examples being N-cocoalkyl-N,N-dimethylamine oxide and N-tallowalkyl-N,N-dihydroxyethylamine oxide, and of the fatty acid alkanolamide type, may also be suitable. The amount of these nonionic surfactants is preferably not more than that of the ethoxylated fatty alcohols, in particular not more than half thereof.
Further suitable surfactants are polyhydroxy fatty acid amides of the formula (III), R-CO-N- [Z] (III) where RCO is an aliphatic acyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, R1 is hydrogen or an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and [Z] is a linear or branched polyhydroxyalkyl radical having 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 3 to 10 hydroxyl groups. The polyhydroxy fatty acid amides are known substances which are customarily obtainable by reductive amination of a reducing sugar with ammonia, an alkylamine or an alkanolamine, and subsequent acylation with a fatty acid, a fatty acid alkyl ester or a fatty acid chloride.
The group of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides also includes compounds of the formula (IV) R-CO-N- [Z] (IV) where R is a linear or branched alkyl or alkenyl radical having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, Rl is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl radical or an aryl radical having 2 to 8 carbon atoms and RZ is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl radical or an aryl radical or an oxyalkyl radical having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preference being given to C1_4 alkyl radicals or phenyl radicals, and [Z] is a linear polyhydroxyalkyl radical whose alkyl chain is substituted by at least two hydroxyl groups, or alkoxylated, preferably ethoxylated or propoxylated, derivatives of said radical.
[Z] is preferably obtained by reductive amination of a reduced sugar, e.g., glucose, fructose, maltose, lactose, galactose, mannose, or xylose. The N-alkoxy-or N-aryloxy-substituted compounds may then be converted to the desired polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, for example, in accordance with the teaching of International Patent Application WO-A-95/07331 by reaction with fatty acid methyl esters in the presence of an alkoxide as catalyst.
In the context of the present invention, preference is given to producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets comprising anionic and nonionic surfactant(s); performance advantages may result from certain proportions in which the individual classes of surfactant are used.
For example, particular preference is given to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets in which the ratio of anionic surfactants) to nonionic surfactants) is between 10:1 and 1:10, preferably 5 between 7.5:1 and 1:5, and in particular between 5:1 and 1:2. Also preferred are laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets comprising surfactant(s), preferably anionic and/or nonionic surfactant(s), in amounts of from 5 to 40% by weight, preferably from 7.5 10 to 35% by weight, with particular preference from 10 to 30% by weight, and in particular from 12.5 to 25% by weight, based in each case on the tablet weight.
From a performance standpoint it may be advantageous if 15 certain classes of surfactant are absent from some phases of the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets or from the tablet as a whole, i.e., from all phases. A further important embodiment of the present invention therefore envisages that at least one phase 20 of the tablets is free from nonionic surfactants.
Conversely, however, the presence of certain surfactants in individual phases or in the whole tablet, i.e., in all phases, may produce a positive 25 effect. The incorporation of the above-described alkyl polyglycosides has been found advantageous, and so preference is given to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets in which at least one phase of the tablets comprises alkyl polyglycosides.
Similarly to the case with the nonionic surfactants, the omission of anionic surfactants from certain phases or all phases may also result in laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets better suited to certain fields of application. In the context of the present invention, therefore, it is also possible to conceive of laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets in which at least one phase of the tablet is free from anionic surfactants.
As already mentioned, the use of surfactants in the case of cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing is preferably limited to the use of nonionic surfactants in small amounts. Laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets preferred for use as cleaning product tablets in the context of the present invention are those which have total surfactant contents of less than 5% by weight, preferably less than 4% by weight, with particular preference less than 3% by weight, and in particular less than 2% by weight, based in each case on their total weight. Surfactants used in machine dishwashing compositions are usually only low-foaming nonionic surfactants. Representatives from the groups of the anionic, cationic and amphoteric surfactants, in contrast, are of relatively little importance. V~lith particular preference, the cleaning product tablets produced according to the invention for machine dishwashing comprise nonionic surfactants, especially nonionic surfactants from the group of the alkoxylated alcohols. Preferred nonionic surfactants used are alkoxylated, advantageously ethoxylated, especially primary, alcohols having preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms and on average from 1 to 12 mol of ethylene oxide (EO) per mole of alcohol, in which the alcohol radical may be linear or, preferably, methyl-branched in position 2 and/or may contain a mixture of linear and methyl-branched radicals, as are customarily present in oxo alcohol radicals. Particular preference is given, however, to alcohol ethoxylates having linear radicals from alcohols of natural origin having 12 to 18 carbon atoms, e.g., from coconut, palm, tallow fatty 3 5 or oleyl alcohol , and having on average f rom 2 to 8 EO
per mole of alcohol. The preferred ethoxylated alcohols include, for example, C12-14 alcohols having 3 EO or 4 EO, C9_11 alcohol having 7 EO, Cla-is alcohols having 3 EO, 5 EO, 7 EO or 8 EO, Clz-le alcohols having 3 EO, EO or 7 EO, and mixtures of these, such as mixtures Of C12-14 alcohol having 3 EO and Clz-la alcohol having 5 EO. The stated degrees of ethoxylation are 5 statistical means; which for a specific product may be an integer or a fraction. Preferred alcohol ethoxylates have a narrowed homolog distribution (narrow range ethoxylates, NREs). In addition to these nonionic surfactants, fatty alcohols having more than 12 EO may also be used. Examples thereof are tallow fatty alcohol having 14 EO, 25 EO, 30 EO, or 40 EO.
Especially in connection with the production, in accordance with the invention, of laundry detergent tablets or cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing, it is preferred for the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets to comprise a nonionic surfactant having a melting point above room temperature. Accordingly, at least one of the deformable masses in the process of the invention preferably comprises a nonionic surfactant having a melting point above 20°C. Nonionic surfactants whose use is preferred have melting points above 25°C, nonionic surfactants whose use is particularly preferred have melting points of between 25 and 60°C, in particular between 26.6 and 43.3°C.
Suitable nonionic surfactants having melting or softening points within the stated temperature range are, for example, low-foaming nonionic surfactants which may be solid or highly viscous at room temperature. If nonionic surfactants which are highly viscous at room temperature are used, then it is preferred that they have a viscosity above 20 Pas, preferably above 35 Pas, and in particular above Pas. Also preferred are nonionic surfactants which possess a waxlike consistency at room temperature.
Preferred nonionic surfactants for use that are solid at room temperature originate from the groups of alkoxylated nonionic surfactants, especially the ethoxylated primary alcohols, and mixtures of these surfactants with surfactants of more complex construction such as polyoxypropylene/polyoxyethylene/
polyoxypropylene (PO/EO/PO) surfactants. Such (PO/EO/PO) nonionic surfactants are notable, furthermore, for good foam control.
In one preferred embodiment of the present invention, the nonionic surfactant having a melting point above room temperature is an ethoxylated nonionic surfactant originating from the reaction of a monohydroxy alkanol or alkylphenol having 6 to 20 carbon atoms with preferably at least 12 mol, with particular preference at least 15 mol, in particular at least 20 mol, of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol or alkylphenol, respectively.
A particularly preferred nonionic surfactant for use that is solid at room temperature is obtained from a straight-chain fatty alcohol having 16 to 20 carbon atoms (Cls-zo alcohol) , preferably a C18 alcohol, and at least 12 mol, preferably at least 15 mol, and in particular at least 20 mol of ethylene oxide. Of these, the so-called "narrow range ethoxylates" (see above) are particularly preferred.
The nonionic surfactant which is solid at room temperature preferably further possesses propylene oxide units in the molecule. Preferably, such PO units account for up to 25% by weight, with particular preference up to 20% by weight, and in particular up to 15% by weight, of the overall molar mass of the nonionic surfactant. Particularly preferred nonionic surfactants are ethoxylated monohydroxy alkanols or alkylphenols, which additionally comprise polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block copolymer units.
The alcohol or alkylphenol moiety of such nonionic surfactant molecules in this case makes up preferably more than 30% by weight, with particular preference more than 50% by weight, and in particular more than 70% by weight, of the overall molar mass of such nonionic surfactants.
Further nonionic surfactants whose use is particularly preferred, have melting points above room temperature, contain from 40 to 70% of a polyoxypropylene/
polyoxyethylene/polyoxypropylene block polymer blend which comprises 75% by weight of an inverted block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene containing 17 mol of ethylene oxide and 44 mol of propylene oxide and 25% by weight of a block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene, initiated with trimethylolpropane and containing 24 mol of ethylene oxide and 99 mol of propylene oxide per mole of trimethylolpropane.
Nonionic surfactants which may be used with particular preference are, for example, obtainable under the name Poly Tergent~ SLF-18 from the company Olin Chemicals.
A further preferred surfactant may be described by the formula R10 [CHzCH (CH3) O] X [CHZCH20] y [CHZCH (OH) RZ]
in which R1 is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof, RZ is a linear or branched hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 26 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof, and x is between 0.5 and 1.5, and y is at least 15.
Further nonionic surfactants which may be used with preference are the endgroup-capped poly(oxyalkylated) nonionic surfactants of the formula 5 R10 [CHZCH (R3) O] X [CHz] kCH (OH) [CHZ] ~OR2 in which R1 and R2 are linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, R3 is H or a methyl, 10 ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl or 2-methyl -2 -butyl radical , x i s between 1 and 3 0 , k and j are between 1 and 12, preferably between 1 and 5. Where x >_ 2, each R3 in the above formula may be different. R1 and R2 are preferably linear or branched, saturated or 15 unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, radicals having 8 to 18 carbon atoms being particularly preferred. For the radical R3, H, -CH3 or -CHzCH3 are particularly preferred. Particularly preferred values for x lie 20 within the range from 1 to 20, in particular from 6 to 15.
As described above, each R3 in the above formula may be different if x >_ 2. By this means it is possible to 25 vary the alkylene oxide unit in the square brackets. If x, for example, is 3, the radical R3 may be selected in order to form ethylene oxide (R3 - H), or propylene oxide (R3 - CH3) units, which may be added on to one another in any sequence, examples being (EO)(PO)(EO), 30 (EO) (EO) (PO) , (EO) (EO) (EO) , (PO) (EO) (PO) , (PO) (PO) (EO) and (PO) (PO) (PO) . The value of 3 for x has been chosen by way of example in this case and it is entirely possible for it to be larger, the scope for variation increasing as the values of x go up and embracing, for 35 example, a large number of (EO) groups, combined with a small number of (PO) groups, or vice versa.
Particularly preferred endgroup-capped poly(oxy-alkylated) alcohols of the above formula have values of k = 1 and j - 1, thereby simplifying the above formula to R10 [CHzCH (R3) O] XCHZCH (OH) CH20R2 .
In the last-mentioned formula, Rl, RZ and R3 are as defined above and x stands for numbers from 1 to 30, preferably from 1 to 20, and in particular from 6 to 18. Particular preference is given to surfactants wherein the radicals R1 and R2 have 9 to 14 carbon atoms, R3 is H, and x adopts values from 6 to 15.
The remarks above refer in part to the process end products, which - as mentioned earlier on - may also be in the form of two-, three- or four-phase configurations. Based on the individual mass for processing, which comprises surfactant(s), preference in connection with the production of cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing is given to processes wherein the deformable masses) has (have) total surfactant contents of less than 5~ by weight, preferably less than 4~ by weight, with particular preference less than 3~ by weight, and in particular less than 2% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
In addition to the abovementioned constituents, builder and surfactant, the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets of the invention may comprise further customary laundry detergent and cleaning product ingredients from the group consisting of bleaches, bleach activators, disintegration aids, dyes, fragrances, optical brighteners, enzymes, foam inhibitors, silicone oils, antiredeposition agents, graying inhibitors, color transfer inhibitors, and corrosion inhibitors. These substances may be used in all of the masses for processing, although it is also possible to make use of advantageous properties by virtue of the separation of certain ingredients.
In order to facilitate the disintegration of highly compacted tablets, it is possible to incorporate disintegration aids, known as tablet disintegrants, into the tablets in order to reduce the disintegration times. These substances are suitable, for example, for accelerating the release of individual tablet regions relative to other regions. In the process of the invention, this may be realized in that only one of the masses for processing comprises such substances, or in that two or more masses comprise such substances in different amounts. Tablet disintegrants, or disintegration accelerators, are understood in accordance with Rompp (9th Edition, Vol. 6, p. 4440) and Voigt "Lehrbuch der pharmazeutischen Technologie"
[Textbook of pharmaceutical technology] (6th Edition, 1987, pp. 182-184) to be auxiliaries which ensure the rapid disintegration of tablets in water or gastric fluid and the release of the drugs in absorbable form.
These substances increase in volume on ingress of water, with on the one hand an increase in the intrinsic volume (swelling) and on the other hand, by way of the release of gases as well, the possiblity of generating a pressure which causes the tablets to disintegrate into smaller particles. Examples of established disintegration aids are carbonate/citric acid systems, with the use of other organic acids also being possible. Examples of swelling disintegration aids are synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) or natural polymers and/or modified natural substances such as cellulose and starch and their derivatives, alginates, or casein derivatives.
Preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets contain from 0.5 to 10% by weight, preferably from 3 to 7% by weight, and in particular from 4 to 6%
by weight, of one or more disintegration aids, based in each case on the tablet weight. If only one mass comprises disintegration aids, then these figures are based only on the weight of that mass.
Preferred disintegrants used in the context of the present invention are cellulose-based disintegrants and so preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets comprise a cellulose-based disintegrant of this kind in amounts from 0.5 to 10% by weight, preferably from 3 to 7% by weight, and in particular from 4 to 6%
by weight. Pure cellulose has the formal empirical composition (C6HloOs) n and, considered formally, is a ~i-1,4-polyacetal of cellobiose, which itself is constructed of two molecules of glucose. Suitable celluloses consist of from about 500 to 5000 glucose units and, accordingly, have average molecular masses of from 50,000 to 500,000. Cellulose-based disintegrants which can be used also include, in the context of the present invention, cellulose derivatives obtainable by polymer-analogous reactions from cellulose. Such chemically modified celluloses include, for example, products of esterifications and etherifications in which hydroxy hydrogen atoms have been substituted. However, celluloses in which the hydroxy groups have been replaced by functional groups not attached by an oxygen atom may also be used as cellulose derivatives. The group of the cellulose derivatives embraces, for example, alkali metal celluloses, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), cellulose esters and cellulose ethers and aminocelluloses. Said cellulose derivatives are preferably not used alone as cellulose-based disintegrants but instead are used in a mixture with cellulose. The cellulose derivative content of these mixtures is preferably less than 50%
by weight, with particular preference less than 20% by weight, based on the cellulose-based disintegrant. The particularly preferred cellulose-based disintegrant used is pure cellulose, free from cellulose derivatives.
The cellulose used as disintegration aid is preferably not used in finely divided form but instead is converted into a coarser form, for example, by granulation or compaction, before being admixed to the premixes intended for compression. Laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets comprising disintegrants in granular or optionally cogranulated form are described in German Patent Applications DE 197 09 991 (Stefan Herzog) and DE 197 10 254 (Henkel) and in International Patent Application W098/40463 (Henkel). These documents also provide further details on the production of granulated, compacted or cogranulated cellulose disintegrants. The particle sizes of such disintegrants are usually above 200 Vim, preferably between 300 and 1600 ~m to the extent of at least 90~, and in particular between 400 and 1200 ~m to the extent of at least 90~. The abovementioned, relatively coarse disintegration aids, and those described in more detail in the cited documents, are preferred for use as disintegration aids in the context of the present invention and are available commercially, for example, under the designation Arbocel~ TF-30-HG from the company Rettenmaier.
As a further cellulose-based disintegrant or as a constituent of this component it is possible to use microcrystalline cellulose. This microcrystalline cellulose is obtained by partial hydrolysis of celluloses under conditions which attack only the amorphous regions (approximately 30% of the total cellulose mass) of the celluloses and break them up completely but leave the crystalline regions (approximately 70%) intact. Subsequent deaggregation of the microfine celluloses resulting from the hydrolysis yields the microcrystalline celluloses, which have 5 primary particle sizes of approximately 5 ~m and can be compacted, for example, to granules having an average particle size of 200 Vim.
Laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets which 10 are preferred in the context of the present invention further comprise a disintegration aid, preferably a cellulose-based disintegration aid, preferably in granular, cogranulated or compacted form, in amounts of from 0.5 to 10% by weight, preferably from 3 to 7% by 15 weight, and in particular from 4 to 6% by weight, based in each case on the tablet weight.
The laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets of the invention may further comprise, incorporated into 20 one or more of the masses for processing; a gas-evolving effervescent system. Said gas-evolving effervescent system may consist of a single substance which on contact with water releases a gas. Among these compounds mention may be made, in particular, of 25 magnesium peroxide, which on contact with water releases oxygen. Normally, however, the gas-releasing effervescent system consists in its turn of at least two constituents which react with one another and, in so doing, form gas. Although a multitude of systems 30 which release, for example, nitrogen, oxygen or hydrogen are conceivable and implementable here, the effervescent system used in the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets of the invention will be selectable on the basis of both economic and 35 environmental considerations. Preferred effervescent systems consist of alkali metal carbonate and/or alkali metal hydrogen carbonate and of an acidifier apt to release carbon dioxide from the alkali metal salts in aqueous solution.
Among the alkali metal carbonates and/or alkali metal hydrogen carbonates, the sodium and potassium salts are much preferred over the other salts on grounds of cost.
It is of course not mandatory to use the single alkali metal carbonates or alkali metal hydrogen carbonates in question; rather, mixtures of different carbonates and hydrogen carbonates may be preferred from the standpoint of wash technology.
In preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, the effervescent system used comprises from 2 to 20% by weight, preferably from 3 to 15% by weight, and in particular from 5 to 10% by weight, of an alkali metal carbonate or alkali metal hydrogen carbonate, and from 1 to 15, preferably from 2 to 12, and in particular from 3 to 10, % by weight of an acidifier, based in each case on the total tablet. The amount of said substances in individual masses may very well be higher.
As examples of acidifiers which release carbon dioxide from the alkali metal salts in aqueous solution it is possible to use boric acid and also alkali metal hydrogen sulfates, alkali metal hydrogen phosphates, and other inorganic salts. Preference is given, however, to the use of organic acidifiers, with citric acid being a particularly preferred acidifier. However, it is also possible, in particular, to use the other solid mono-, oligo- and polycarboxylic acids. Preferred among this group, in turn, are tartaric acid, succinic acid, malonic acid, adipic acid, malefic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, and polyacrylic acid. Organic sulfonic acids such as amidosulfonic acid may likewise be used. A commercially available acidifier which is likewise preferred for use in the context of the present invention is Sokalan~ DCS (trademark of BASF), a mixture of succinic acid (max. 31~ by weight), glutaric acid (max. 50~ by weight), and adipic acid (max. 33~ by weight).
In the context of the present invention, preference is given to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets where the acidifier used in the effervescent system comprises a substance from the group of the organic di-, tri- and oligocarboxylic acids, and mixtures thereof .
In processes which are preferred in the context of the present invention, at least one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches from the group of the oxygen or halogen bleaches, especially the chlorine bleaches, with particular preference to sodium perborate and sodium percarbonate, in amounts of from 2 to 25~ by weight, preferably from 5 to 20~ by weight, and in particular from 10 to 15~ by weight, based in each case on the mass. These substances are described below.
Among the compounds used as bleaches which yield H202 in water, particular importance is possessed by sodium percarbonate. This "sodium percarbonate" is a term used unspecifically for sodium carbonate peroxohydrates, which strictly speaking are not "percarbonates" (i.e., salts of percarbonic acid) but rather hydrogen peroxide adducts onto sodium carbonate. The commercial product has the average composition 2 Na2C03 ~ 3 H202 and is thus not a peroxycarbonate. Sodium percarbonate forms a white, water soluble powder of density 2.14 g cm-3 which breaks down readily into sodium carbonate and oxygen having a bleaching or oxidizing action.
Sodium carbonate peroxohydrate was first obtained in 1899 by precipitation with ethanol from a solution of sodium carbonate in hydrogen peroxide, but was mistakenly regarded as a peroxycarbonate. Only in 1909 was the compound recognized as the hydrogen peroxide addition compound; nevertheless, the historical name (sodium percarbonate) has persisted in the art.
Industrially, sodium percarbonate is produced predominantly by precipitation from aqueous solution (known as the wet process). In this process, aqueous solutions of sodium carbonate and hydrogen peroxide are combined and the sodium percarbonate is precipitated by means of salting agents (predominantly sodium chloride), crystallizing aids (for example poly-phosphates, polyacrylates), and stabilizers (for example, Mg2+ ions). The precipitated salt, which still contains from 5 to 12% by weight of the mother liquor, is subsequently centrifuged and dried in fluidized-bed driers at 90°C. The bulk density of the finished product may vary between 800 and 1200 g/1 according to the production process. Generally, the percarbonate is stabilized by an additional coating. Coating processes, and substances used for the coating, are amply described in the patent literature. Fundamentally, it is possible in accordance with the invention to use all commercially customary percarbonate types, as supplied, for example, by the companies Solway Interox, Degussa, Kemira or Akzo.
Further bleaches which may be used are, for example, sodium perborate tetrahydrate and sodium perborate monohydrate, peroxypyrophosphates, citrate perhydrates, and Hz02-donating peracidic salts or peracids, such as perbenzoates, peroxophthalates, diperazelaic acid, phthaloimino peracid or diperdodecanedioic acid. With the use of the bleaches, as well, it is possible to refrain from the use of surfactants and/or builders, thereby making it possible to produce straight bleach tablets. If such tablets are to be used for bleaching textile laundry, preference is given to a combination of sodium percarbonate with sodium sesquicarbonate, irrespective of what other ingredients are present in the tablets. If cleaning product tablets or bleach tablets for machine dishwashing are being produced, then the bleaches used may also comprise bleaches from the group of organic bleaches. Typical organic bleaches are the diacyl peroxides, such as dibenzoyl peroxide, for example. Further typical organic bleaches are the peroxy acids, particular examples being the alkyl peroxy acids and the aryl peroxy acids. Preferred representatives are (a) peroxybenzoic acid and its ring-substituted derivatives, such as alkylperoxy-benzoic acids, and also peroxy-a-naphthoic acid and magnesium monoperphthalate, (b) aliphatic or substituted aliphatic peroxy acids, such as peroxylauric acid, peroxystearic acid, E-phthalimido-peroxy caproic acid [phthaloiminoperoxyhexanoic acid (PAP)], o-carboxybenzamidoperoxycaproic acid, N-nonenylamidoperadipic acid and N-nonenylamido-persuccinates, and (c) aliphatic and araliphatic peroxy dicarboxylic acids, such as 1,12-diperoxydecane-dicarboxylic acid, 1,9-diperoxyazelaic acid, diperoxy-sebacic acid, diperoxybrassylic acid, the diperoxy-phthalic acids, 2-decyldiperoxybutane-1,4-dioic acid and N,N-terephthaloyldi(6-aminopercaproic acid) may be used.
Bleaches in tablets for machine dishwashing may also be substances which release chlorine or bromine. Among suitable chlorine- or bromine-releasing materials, examples include heterocyclic N-bromoamides and N-chloroamides, examples being trichloroisocyanuric acid, tribromoisocyanuric acid, dibromoisocyanuric acid and/or dichloroisocyanuric acid (DICA) and/or salts thereof with cations such as potassium and sodium.
Hydantoin compounds, such as 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, are likewise suitable.
In processes which are further preferred in accordance with the invention, at least one of the deformable masses comprises bleach activators from the groups of polyacylated alkylenediamines, especially tetraacetyl-5 ethylenediamine (TAED), N-acyl imides, especially N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, especially n-nonanoyl- or isononanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS) and N-methylmorpholiniumacetonitrile methyl sulfate (MMA), in 10 amounts of from 0.25 to 15% by weight, preferably from 0.5 to 10% by weight, and in particular from 1 to 5% by weight, based in each case on the mass. These substances too are described below.
15 In order to achieve an improved bleaching effect when washing or cleaning at temperatures of 60°C and below, it is possible to incorporate bleach activators. Bleach activators, which boost the action of the bleaches, are for example, compounds containing one or more N-acyl 20 and/or O-acyl groups, such as substances from the class of the anhydrides, esters, imides and acylated imidazoles or oximes. Examples are tetraacetyl-ethylenediamine (TAED), tetraacetylmethylene-diamine (TAMD), and tetraacetylhexylenediamine (TAHD), and also 25 pentaacetylglucose (PAG), 1,5-diacetyl-2,2-dioxohexahydro-1,3,5-triazine (DADHT), and isatoic anhydride ( ISA) .
Bleach activators which may be used are compounds which 30 under perhydrolysis conditions give rise to aliphatic peroxo carboxylic acids having preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, in particular 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and/or substituted or unsubstituted perbenzoic acid. Suitable substances are those which carry O-acyl and/or N-acyl 35 groups of the stated number of carbon atoms, and/or substituted or unsubstituted benzoyl groups. Preference is given to polyacylated alkylenediamines, especially tetraacetylethylenediamine (TAED), acylated triazine derivatives, especially 1,5-diacetyl-2,4-dioxohexa-hydro-1,3,5-triazine (DADHT), acylated glycolurils, especially tetraacetylglycoluril (TAGU), N-acyl imides, especially N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, especially n-nonanoyl- or iso-nonanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS), carboxylic anhydrides, especially phthalic anhydride, acylated polyhydric alcohols, especially triacetin, ethylene glycol diacetate, 2,5-diacetoxy-2,5-dihydro-furan, N-methylmorpholiniumacetonitrile methyl sulfate (MMA), and the enol esters known from German Patent Applications DE 196 16 693 and DE 196 16 767, and also acetylated sorbitol and mannitol and/or mixtures thereof (SORMAN), acylated sugar derivatives, especially pentaacetylglucose (PAG), pentaacetyl-fructose, tetraacetylxylose and octaacetyllactose, and acetylated, optionally N-alkylated glucamine and gluconolactone, and/or N-acylated lactams, for example, N-benzoylcaprolactam. Hydrophilically substituted acylacetals and acyllactams are likewise used with preference. Combinations of conventional bleach activators may also be used.
In addition to the conventional bleach activators, or instead of them, it is also possible to incorporate what are known as bleaching catalysts into the rinse aid particles. These substances are bleach-boosting transition metal salts or transition metal complexes such as, for example, Mn-, Fe-, Co-, Ru- or Mo-salen complexes or -carbonyl complexes. Other bleaching catalysts which can be used include Mn, Fe, Co, Ru, Mo, Ti, V and Cu complexes with N-containing tripod ligands, and also Co-, Fe-, Cu- and Ru-ammine complexes.
Preference is given to the use of bleach activators from the group of polyacylated alkylenediamines, especially tetraacetylethylenediamine (TAED), N-acyl imides, especially N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, especially n-nonanoyl- or isononanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS), N-methylmorpholiniumacetonitrile methyl sulfate (MMA), preferably in amounts of up to 10% by weight, in particular from 0.1% by weight to 8% by weight, more particularly from 2 to 8% by weight, and with particular preference from 2 to 6% by weight, based on the overall composition.
Bleach-boosting transition metal complexes, especially those with the central atoms Mn, Fe, Co, Cu, Mo, V, Ti and/or Ru, preferably selected from the group of manganese and/or cobalt salts and/or complexes, with particular preference from cobalt ammine complexes, cobalt acetato complexes, cobalt carbonyl complexes, the chlorides of cobalt or manganese, and manganese sulfate, are used in customary amounts, preferably in an amount of up to 5% by weight, in particular from 0.0025% by weight to 1% by weight, and with particular preference from 0.01% by weight to 0.25% by weight, based in each case on the overall composition. In specific cases, however, it is also possible to use a greater amount of bleach activator.
Owing to their oxidizing action it is advantageous to separate the bleaches from other ingredients, this purpose being suitably met in particular by processes of the invention for producing multiphase tablets.
Processes wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises bleach activators are preferred.
A further preferred process is one wherein at least one of the deformable masses comprises silver protectants from the group of the triazoles, benzotriazoles, bisbenzotriazoles, aminotriazoles, alkylaminotriazoles and the transition metal salts or transition metal complexes, with particular preference benzotriazole and/or alkylaminotriazole, in amounts of from 0.01 to 5~ by weight, preferably from 0.05 to 4~ by weight, and in particular from 0.5 to 3~ by weight, based in each case on the mass.
Said corrosion inhibitors may likewise be incorporated into the masses for processing in order to protect the ware or the machine, with special importance in the field of machine dishwashing being possessed, in particular, by silver protectants. The known substances of the prior art may be used. In general it is possible to use, in particular, silver protectants selected from the group consisting of triazoles, benzotriazoles, bisbenzotriazoles, aminotriazoles, alkylaminotriazoles, and transition metal salts or transition metal complexes. Particular preference is given to the use of benzotriazole and/or alkylaminotriazole. Frequently encountered in cleaning formulations, furthermore, are agent's containing active chlorine, which may significantly reduce corrosion of the silver surface.
In chlorine-free cleaners, use is made in particular of oxygen-containing and nitrogen-containing organic redox-active compounds, such as divalent and trivalent phenols, e.g. hydroquinone, pyrocatechol, hydroxyhydroquinone, gallic acid, phloroglucinol, pyrogallol, and derivatives of these classes of compound. Inorganic compounds in the form of salts and complexes, such as salts of the metals Mn, Ti, Zr, Hf, V, Co and Ce, also find frequent application.
Preference is given in this context to the transition metal salts selected from the group consisting of manganese and/or cobalt salts and/or complexes, with particular preference cobalt ammine complexes, cobalt acetato complexes, cobalt carbonyl complexes, the chlorides of cobalt or of manganese and manganese sulfate. Similarly, zinc compounds may be used to prevent corrosion on the ware.
If corrosion inhibitors are used in multiphase tablets, it is preferred to separate them from the bleaches.
Accordingly, processes wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises corrosion inhibitors are preferred.
The separation of the bleaches from other ingredients may also be advantageous. Process of the invention wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises enzymes are likewise preferred. Suitable enzymes include in particular those from the classes of the hydrolases such as the proteases, esterases, lipases or lipolytic enzymes, amylases, cellulases or other glycosyl hydrolases, and mixtures of said enzymes. In the laundry, all of these hydrolases contribute to removing stains, such as proteinaceous, fatty or starchy marks and graying. Cellulases and other glycosyl hydrolases may, furthermore, contribute, by removing pilling and microfibrils, to the retention of color and to an increase in the softness of the textile. For bleaching, and/or for inhibiting color transfer it is also possible to use oxidoreductases. Especially suitable enzymatic active substances are those obtained from bacterial strains or fungi such as Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus licheniformis, Streptomyces griseus, Coprinus cinereus and Humicola insolens, and also from genetically modified variants thereof. Preference is given to the use of proteases of the subtilisin type, and especially to proteases obtained from Bacillus lentus. Of particular interest in this context are enzyme mixtures, examples being those of protease and amylase or protease and lipase or lipolytic enzymes, or protease and cellulase or of cellulase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes of protease, amylase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes, or protease, lipase or lipolytic enzymes and cellulase, but especially protease and/or lipase-containing mixtures or mixtures with lipolytic enzymes. Examples of such lipolytic enzymes are the known cutinases. Peroxidases or oxidases have also proven suitable in some cases. The suitable amylases 5 include, in particular, alpha-amylases, iso-amylases, pullulanases, and pectinases. Cellulases used are preferably cellobiohydrolases, endoglucanases and endoglucosidases, which are also called cellobiases, and mixtures thereof. Because different types of 10 cellulase differ in their CMCase and Avicelase activities, specific mixtures of the cellulases may be used to establish the desired activities.
In cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing, 15 naturally, different enzymes are used in order to take account of the different substrates treated and different types of soiling. Suitable enzymes here include in particular those from the classes of the hydrolases such as the proteases, esterases, lipases or 20 lipolytic enzymes, amylases, glycosyl hydrolases, and mixtures of said enzymes. All of these hydrolases contribute to removing stains, such as proteinaceous, fatty or starchy marks. For bleaching, it is also possible to use oxidoreductases. Especially suitable 25 enzymatic active substances are those obtained from bacterial strains or fungi such as Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus licheniformis, Streptomyces griseus, Coprinus cinereus and Humicola insolens, and also from genetically modified variants thereof. Preference is 30 given to the use of proteases of the subtilisin type, and especially to proteases obtained from Bacillus lentus. Of particular interest in this context are enzyme mixtures, examples being those of protease and amylase or protease and lipase or lipolytic enzymes, or 35 of protease, amylase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes, or protease, lipase or lipolytic enzymes, but especially protease and/or lipase-containing mixtures or mixtures with lipolytic enzymes. Examples of such lipolytic enzymes are the known cutinases. Peroxidases or oxidases have also proven suitable in some cases.
The suitable amylases include, in particular, alpha-amylases, iso-amylases, pullulanases, and pectinases.
The enzymes may be adsorbed on carrier substances or embedded in sheathing substances in order to protect them against premature decomposition. The proportion of the enzymes, enzyme mixtures or enzyme granules may be, for example, from about 0.1 to 5~ by weight, preferably from 0.5 to about 4.5~s by weight, based in each case on the mass (es) .
Irrespective of the intended application of the tablets produced in accordance with the invention (for example, laundry detergent tablets or cleaning product tablets), preference is given to processes wherein one of the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures comprises enzymes.
Enzyme-containing masses of this kind are preferably processed in multistrand processes; i.e., in addition to a material strand comprising enzymes, there exists at least one further strand which is preferably free from enzymes. Here, particular preference is given to processes wherein the enzyme-containing material strand is enveloped by an enzyme-free material.
Separation of the bleaches from the surfactants described earlier on above may also be advantageous, so that preferred processes are those wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises surfactants, preferably nonionic surfactants, with particular preference alkoxylated alcohols having 10 to 24 carbon atoms and from 1 to 5 alkylene oxide units.
Further ingredients which may, in the context of the process of the invention, be part of one or more masses are, for example, cobuilders (see above), dyes, optical brighteners, fragrances, soil release compounds, soil repellents, antioxidants, fluorescence agents, foam inhibitors, silicone fluids and/or liquid paraffins, color transfer inhibitors, graying inhibitors, detergency boosters, etc. These substances are described below.
Organic builder substances which may be used are, for example, the polycarboxylic acids, usable in the form of their sodium salts, the term polycarboxylic acids meaning those carboxylic acids which carry more than one acid function. Examples of these are citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, malefic acid, fumaric acid, sugar acids, amino carboxylic acids, nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), provided such use is not objectionable on ecological grounds, and also mixtures thereof. Preferred salts are the salts of the polycarboxylic acids such as citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, tartaric acid, sugar acids, and mixtures thereof.
The acids per se may also be used. In addition to their builder effect, the acids typically also possess the property of an acidifying component and thus also serve to establish a lower and milder pH of laundry detergents or cleaning products. In this context, mention may be made in particular of citric acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, gluconic acid, and any desired mixtures thereof.
Also suitable as builders are polymeric poly-carboxylates; these are, for example, the alkali metal salts of polyacrylic acid or of polymethacrylic acid, examples being those having a relative molecular mass of from 500 to 70,000 g/mol.
The molecular masses reported for polymeric poly-carboxylates, for the purposes of this document, are weight-average molecular masses, MW, of the respective acid form, determined basically by means of gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using a W detector.
The measurement was made against an external polyacrylic acid standard, which owing to its structural similarity to the polymers under investigation provides realistic molecular weight values. These figures differ markedly from the molecular weight values obtained using poly-styrenesulfonic acids as the standard. The molecular masses measured against polystyrenesulfonic acids are generally much higher than the molecular masses reported in this document.
Suitable polymers are, in particular, polyacrylates, which preferably have a molecular mass of from 2000 to 20,000 g/mol. Owing to their superior solubility, preference in this group may be given in turn to the short-chain polyacrylates, which have molecular masses of from 2000 to 10,000 g/mol, and with particular preference from 3000 to 5000 g/mol.
Also suitable are copolymeric polycarboxylates, especially those of acrylic acid with methacrylic acid and of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid with malefic acid. Copolymers which have been found particularly suitable are those of acrylic acid with malefic acid which contain from 50 to 90~ by weight acrylic acid and from 50 to 10~ by weight malefic acid. Their relative molecular mass, based on free acids, is generally from 2000 to 70,000 g/mol, preferably from 20,000 to 50,000 g/mol, and in particular from 30,000 to 40,000 g/mol.
The (co)polymeric polycarboxylates can be used either as powders or as aqueous solutions. The (co)polymeric polycarboxylate content of the compositions is preferably from 0.5 to 20~ by weight, in particular from 3 to 10~ by weight.
In order to improve the solubility in water, the polymers may also contain allylsulfonic acids, such as allyloxybenzenesulfonic acid and methallylsulfonic acid, for example, as monomers.
Particular preference is also given to biodegradable polymers comprising more than two different monomer units, examples being those comprising, as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and of malefic acid, and also vinyl alcohol or vinyl alcohol derivatives, or those comprising, as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and of 2-alkylallylsulfonic acid, and also sugar derivatives.
Further preferred copolymers are those described in German Patent Applications DE-A-43 03 320 and DE-A-44 17 734, whose monomers are preferably acrolein and acrylic acid/acrylic acid salts, and, respectively, acrolein and vinyl acetate.
Similarly, further preferred builder substances that may be mentioned include polymeric amino dicarboxylic acids, their salts or their precursor substances.
Particular preference is given to polyaspartic acids and their salts and derivatives, which are disclosed in German Patent Application DE-A-195 40 086 to have not only cobuilder properties but also a bleach-stabilizing action.
Further suitable builder substances are polyacetals, which may be obtained by reacting dialdehydes with polyol carboxylic acids having 5 to 7 carbon atoms and at least 3 hydroxyl groups. Preferred polyacetals are obtained from dialdehydes such as glyoxal, glutaraldehyde, terephthalaldehyde and mixtures thereof and from polyol carboxylic acids such as gluconic acid and/or glucoheptonic acid.
Further suitable organic builder substances are dextrins, examples being oligomers and polymers of carbohydrates, which may be obtained by partial hydrolysis of starches. The hydrolysis can be conducted 10 by customary processes; for example, acid-catalyzed or enzyme-catalyzed processes. The hydrolysis products preferably have average molecular masses in the range from 400 to 500,000 g/mol. Preference is given here to a polysaccharide having a dextrose equivalent (DE) in 15 the range from 0.5 to 40, in particular from 2 to 30, DE being a common measure of the reducing effect of a polysaccharide in comparison to dextrose, which possesses a DE of 100. It is possible to use both maltodextrins having a DE of between 3 and 20 and dried 20 glucose syrups having a DE of between 20 and 37, and also so-called yellow dextrins and white dextrins having higher molecular masses, in the range from 2000 to 30,000 g/mol.
25 The oxidized derivatives of such dextrins comprise their products of reaction with oxidizing agents which are able to oxidize at least one alcohol function of the saccharide ring to the carboxylic acid function.
Oxidized dextrins of this kind, and processes for 30 preparing them, are known, for example, from European Patent Applications EP-A-0 232 202, EP-A-0 427 349, EP-A-0 472 042 and EP-A-0 542 496 and from International Patent Applications ~n10 92/18542, WO
93/08251, H10 93/16110, WO 94/28030, WO 95/07303, WO
35 95/12619 and WO 95/20608. Likewise suitable is an oxidized oligosaccharide in accordance with German Patent Application DE-A-196 00 018. A product oxidized at C6 of the saccharide ring may be particularly advantageous.
Oxydisuccinates and other derivatives of disuccinates, preferably ethylenediamine disuccinate, are further suitable cobuilders. Ethylenediamine N,N'-disuccinate (EDDS) is used preferably in the form of its sodium or magnesium salts. Further preference in this context is given to glycerol disuccinates and glycerol trisuccinates as well. Suitable use amounts in formulations containing zeolite and/or silicate are from 3 to 15~ by weight.
Examples of further useful organic cobuilders are acetylated hydroxy carboxylic acids and their salts, which may also be present in lactone form and which contain at least 4 carbon atoms, at least one hydroxyl group, and not more than two acid groups. Such cobuilders are described, for example, in International Patent Application WO 95/20029.
A further class of substance having cobuilder properties is represented by the phosphonates. The phosphonates in question are, in particular, hydroxyalkane- and aminoalkanephosphonates. Among the hydroxyalkanephosphonates, 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphos-phonate (HEDP) is of particular importance as a cobuilder. It is used preferably as the sodium salt, the disodium salt being neutral and the tetrasodium salt giving an alkaline (pH 9) reaction. Suitable aminoalkanephosphonates are preferably ethylenediamine-tetramethylenephosphonate (EDTMP), diethylenetriamine-pentamethylenephosphonate (DTPMP), and their higher homologs. They are used preferably in the form of the neutrally reacting sodium salts, e.g., as the hexasodium salt of EDTMP or as the hepta- and octa-sodium salt of DTPMP. As a builder in this case, preference is given to using HEDP from the class of the phosphonates. Furthermore, the aminoalkanephosphonates possess a pronounced heavy metal binding capacity.
Accordingly, and especially if the compositions also contain bleach, it may be preferred to use aminoalkanephosphonates, especially DTPMP, or to use mixtures of said phosphonates.
Furthermore, all compounds capable of forming complexes with alkaline earth metal ions may be used as cobuilders.
In order to enhance the esthetic appeal of the detergent tablets of the invention, they may in whole or in part be colored with appropriate dyes. Particular optical effects may be achieved if, where tablets are produced from two or more masses, the masses for processing are differently colored. Preferred dyes, whose selection presents no difficulty whatsoever to the skilled worker, possess a high level of storage stability and insensitivity to the other ingredients of the compositions and to light and possess no pronounced affinity for the substrates treated, such as textile fibers or parts of kitchen- or tableware, so as not to stain them.
Preference for use in the laundry detergent tablets of the invention is given to all colorants which can be oxidatively destroyed in the wash process, and to mixtures thereof with suitable blue dyes, known as bluing agents. It has proven advantageous to use colorants which are soluble in water or at room temperature in liquid organic substances. Examples of suitable colorants are anionic colorants, e.g., anionic nitroso dyes. One possible colorant is, for example, naphthol green (Colour Index (CI) Part 1: Acid Green 1;
Part 2: 10020) which as a commercial product is obtainable, for example, as Basacid° Green 970 from BASF, Ludwigshafen, and also mixtures thereof with suitable blue dyes. Further suitable colorants include Pigmosol~ Blue 6900 (CI 74160), Pigmosol~ Green 8730 (CI 74260), Basonyl~ Red 545 FL (CI 45170), Sandolan°
Rhodamin EB400 (CI 45100), Basacid~ Yellow 094 (CI
47005), Sicovit~ Patent Blue 85 E 131 (CI 42051), Acid Blue 183 (CAS 12217-22-0, CI Acid Blue 183), Pigment Blue 15 (CI 74160), Supranol~ Blue GLW (CAS 12219-32-8, CI Acid Blue 221), Nylosan~ Yellow N-7GL SGR (CAS
61814-57-1, CI Acid Yellow 218) and/or Sandolan° Blue (CI Acid Blue 182, CAS 12219-26-0).
In the context of the choice of colorant it must be ensured that the colorants do not have too great an affinity for the textile surfaces, and especially for synthetic fibers. At the same time, it should also be borne in mind in choosing appropriate colorants that colorants possess different stabilities with respect to oxidation. The general rule is that water-insoluble colorants are more stable to oxidation than water-soluble colorants. Depending on the solubility and hence also on the oxidation sensitivity, the concentration of the colorant in the laundry detergents and cleaning products varies. With readily water-soluble colorants, e.g., the abovementioned Basacid°
Green, or the likewise abovementioned Sandolan° Blue, color concentrations chosen are typically in the range from a few 10-z to 10-3~s by weight. In the case of the pigment dyes, which are particularly preferred for reason of their brightness but are less readily soluble in water, examples being the abovementioned Pigmosol°
dyes, the appropriate concentration of the colorant in laundry detergents or cleaning products, in contrast, is typically from a few 10-3 to 10-4~ by weight .
The laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets produced by the process of the invention may comprise one or more optical brighteners. These substances, which are also called "whiteners", are used in modern laundry detergents because even freshly washed and bleached white laundry has a slight yellow cast.
Optical brighteners are organic dyes which convert a part of the invisible W radiation of sunlight into longer-wave blue light. The emission of this blue light fills the "gap" in the light reflected by the textile, so that a textile treated with optical brightener appears whiter and lighter to the eye. Since the mechanism of action of brighteners necessitates that they go onto the fibers, a distinction is made in accordance with the fibers to be "dyed" between, for example, brighteners for cotton, nylon, or polyester fibers. The commercially customary brighteners suitable for incorporation into laundry detergents belong primarily to five structural groups: the stilbene group, the diphenylstilbene group, the coumarin-quinoline group, the diphenylpyrazoline group, and the group involving combination of benzoxazole or benzimidazole with conjugated systems. An overview of current brighteners can be found, for example, in G.
Jakobi, A. Ldhr, "Detergents and Textile Washing", VCH-Verlag, Weinheim, 1987, pages 94 to 100. Examples of suitable brighteners are salts of 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-morpholino-s-triazin-2-yl)amino]stilbene-2,2'-disul-fonic acid or compounds of similar structure which instead of the morphilino group carry a diethanolamino group, a methylamino group, an anilino group, or a 2-methoxyethylamino group. Furthermore, brighteners of the substituted diphenylstyryl type may be present, examples being the alkali metal salts of 4,4'-bis(2-sulfostyryl)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-chloro-3-sulfostyryl)-biphenyl, or 4-(4-chlorostyryl)-4'-(2-sulfostyryl)-biphenyl. Mixtures of the abovementioned brighteners may also be used.
Fragrances are added to the compositions of the invention in order to enhance the esthetic appeal of the products which are formed and to provide the consumer with not only the performance but also a visually and sensorially "typical and unmistakeable"
product. As perfume oils and/or fragrances it is possible to use individual odorant compounds, examples 5 being the synthetic products of the ester, ether, aldehyde, ketone, alcohol, and hydrocarbon types.
Odorant compounds of the ester type are, for example, benzyl acetate, phenoxyethyl isobutyrate, p-tert-butyl-cyclohexyl acetate, linalyl acetate, dimethyl-10 benzylcarbinyl acetate, phenylethyl acetate, linalyl benzoate, benzyl formate, ethyl methylphenylglycinate, allyl cyclo-hexylpropionate, styrallyl propionate, and benzyl salicylate. The ethers include, for example, benzyl ethyl ether; the aldehydes include, for example, 15 the linear alkanals having 8-18 carbon atoms, citral, citronellal, citronellyloxyacetaldehyde, cyclamen aldehyde, hydroxycitronellal, lilial and bourgeonal;
the ketones include, for example, the ionones, a-isomethylionone and methyl cedryl ketone; the 20 alcohols include anethole, citronellol, eugenol, geraniol, linalool, phenylethyl alcohol, and terpineol;
the hydrocarbons include primarily the terpenes such as limonene and pinene. Preference, however, is given to the use of mixtures of different odorants, which 25 together produce an appealing fragrance note. Such perfume oils may also contain natural odorant mixtures, as obtainable from plant sources, examples being pine oil, citrus oil, jasmine oil, patchouli oil, rose oil or ylang-ylang oil. Likewise suitable are clary sage 30 oil, camomile oil, clove oil, balm oil, mint oil, cinnamon leaf oil, lime blossom oil, juniperberry oil, vetiver oil, olibanum oil, galbanum oil and labdanum oil, and also orange blossom oil, neroliol, orange peel oil, and sandalwood oil.
The fragrance content of the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets prepared in accordance with the invention is usually up to 2~ by weight of the overall formulation. The fragrances may be incorporated directly into the compositions of the invention;
alternatively, it may be advantageous to apply the fragrances to carriers which intensify the adhesion of the perfume on the laundry and, by means of slower fragrance release, ensure long-lasting fragrance of the textiles. Materials which have become established as such carriers are, for example, cyclodextrins, it being possible in addition for the cyclodextrin-perfume complexes to be additionally coated with further auxiliaries.
In addition, the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets may also comprise components which have a positive influence on the ease with which oil and grease are washed off from textiles (these components being known as soil repellents). This effect becomes particularly marked when a textile is soiled that has already been laundered previously a number of times with a detergent of the invention comprising this oil-and fat-dissolving component. The preferred oil- and fat-dissolving components include, for example, nonionic cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose and methylhydroxypropylcellulose having a methoxy group content of from 15 to 30% by weight and a hydroxypropyl group content of from 1 to 15% by weight, based in each case on the nonionic cellulose ether, and also the prior art polymers of phthalic acid and/or terephthalic acid, and/or derivatives thereof, especially polymers of ethylene terephthalates and/or polyethylene glycol terephthalates or anionically and/or nonionically modified derivatives thereof. Of these, particular preference is given to the sulfonated derivatives of phthalic acid polymers and of terephthalic acid polymers.
Foam inhibitors which may be used in the compositions produced in accordance with the invention are suitably, for example, soaps, paraffins or silicone oils, which may if desired have been applied to carrier materials.
Graying inhibitors have the function of keeping the dirt detached from the fiber in suspension in the liquor and so preventing the redeposition of the dirt.
Suitable for this purpose are water-soluble colloids, usually organic in nature, examples being the water-soluble salts of polymeric carboxylic acids, glue, gelatin, salts of ethersulfonic acids of starch or of cellulose, or salts of acidic sulfuric esters of cellulose or of starch. Water-soluble polyamides containing acidic groups are also suitable for this purpose. Furthermore, soluble starch preparations and starch products other than those mentioned above may be used, examples being degraded starch, aldehyde starches, etc. Polyvinylpyrrolidone may also be used.
Preference, however, is given to the use of cellulose ethers such as carboxymethylcellulose (Na salt), methylcellulose, hydroxyalkylcellulose, and mixed ethers such as methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methyl-hydroxypropylcellulose, methylcarboxymethylcellulose and mixtures thereof in amounts of from 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on the compositions.
Since sheetlike textile structures, especially those of filament rayon, viscose rayon, cotton and blends thereof, may tend to crease, because the individual fibers are susceptible to bending, buckling, compressing and pinching transverse to the fiber direction, the compositions produced in accordance with the invention may comprise synthetic crease control agents. These include, for example, synthetic products based on fatty acids, fatty acid esters, fatty acid amides, fatty acid alkylol esters, fatty acid alkylolamides, or fatty alcohols, which are usually reacted with ethylene oxide, or else products based on lecithin or on modified phosphoric esters.
In order to combat microorganisms, the compositions produced in accordance with the invention may comprise antimicrobial active substances. In this context a distinction is made, depending on antimicrobial spectrum and mechanism of action, between bacteriostats and bactericides, fungiostats and fungicides, etc.
Examples of important substances from these groups are benzalkonium chlorides, alkylarylsulfonates, halo-phenols, and phenylmercuric acetate, it also being possible to do without these compounds entirely.
In order to prevent unwanted changes to the compositions and/or the treated textiles as a result of oxygen exposure and other oxidative processes, the compositions may comprise antioxidants. This class of compound includes, for example, substituted phenols, hydroquinones, pyrocatechols and aromatic amines, and also organic sulfides, polysulfides, dithiocarbamates, phosphates, and phosphonates.
Increased wear comfort may result from the additional use of antistats which are further added to the compositions produced in accordance with the invention.
Antistats increase the surface conductivity and thus enable better dissipation of charges that are formed.
External antistats are generally substances having at least one hydrophilic molecule ligand, and provide a more or less hygroscopic film on the surfaces. These antistats, which are usually surface-active, may be subdivided into nitrogen-containing (amines, amides, quaternary ammonium compounds), phosphorus-containing (phosphoric esters), and sulfur-containing (alkyl-sulfonates, alkyl sulfates) antistats. External antistats are described, for example, in Patent Applications FR 1,156,513, GB 873 214 and GB 839 407.
The lauryl- (or stearyl-)dimethylbenzylammonium chlorides disclosed here are suitable as antistats for textiles and as additives to laundry detergents, in which case, additionally, a hand effect is obtained.
In order to improve the water absorption capacity, the rewettability of the treated textiles, and to facilitate ironing of the treated textiles, silicone derivatives, for example, may be used in the compositions produced in accordance with the invention.
These derivatives additionally improve the rinse-out behavior of the compositions, by virtue of their foam inhibiting properties. Examples of preferred silicone derivatives are polydialkylsiloxanes or alkylaryl-siloxanes where the alkyl groups have one to five carbon atoms and are totally or partially fluorinated.
Preferred silicones are polydimethylsiloxanes, which may if desired have been derivatized and in that case are amino-functional or quaternized, or have Si-OH, Si-H and/or Si-Cl bonds. The viscosities of the preferred silicones at 25°C are in the range between 100 and 100,000 centistokes, it being possible to use the silicones in amounts of between 0.2 and 5~ by weight, based on the overall composition.
Finally, the compositions produced in accordance with the invention may also comprise W absorbers, which attach to the treated textiles and improve the light stability of the fibers. Compounds which have these desired properties are, for example, the compounds which are active via radiationless deactivation, and derivatives of benzophenone having substituents in positions) 2 and/or 4. Also suitable are substituted benzotriazoles, acrylates which are phenyl-substituted in position 3 (cinnamic acid derivatives), with or without cyano groups in position 2, salicylates, organic Ni complexes, and also natural substances such as umbelliferone and the endogenous urocanic acid.
In the course of the above remarks, mention has occasionally been made of the amount of the individual substances in the end products of the process of the invention. Based on the masses to be processed, 5 preference is generally given to processes wherein at least one of the deformable masses further comprises one or more substances from the groups of enzymes, corrosion inhibitors, scale inhibitors, cobuilders, dyes and/or fragrances in total amounts of from 6 to 10 30~ by weight, preferably from 7.5 to 25~ by weight, and in particular from 10 to 20~ by weight, based in each case on the mass.
With all of the abovementioned ingredients, 15 advantageous properties may result from separating them from other ingredients and/or from formulating them together with certain other ingredients. In the case of multiphase tablets, the individual phases may also differ in the amount they contain of the same 20 ingredient, as a result of which advantages may be achieved. Processes wherein at least two of the deformable masses comprise the same active subtonic in different amounts are preferred. The term "different amount" relates in this case, as already explained, not 25 to the absolute amount of the ingredient in the mass but to the relative amount based on the phase weight;
in other words, it is a % by weight based on the individual mass.
30 The end products of the process of the invention may be provided in a very wide variety of geometric forms, this flexibility being one of the many advantages of the process of the invention. It is also possible, however, in accordance with the invention to produce 35 tablets which are similar in their appearance to conventional tablets. For example, they may be manufactured in predetermined three-dimensional forms and predetermined sizes, suitable three-dimensional forms being virtually any practicable designs - i.e., for example, bar, rod or ingot form, cubes, blocks, and corresponding three-dimensional elements having planar side faces, and in particular cylindrical designs with a circular or oval cross section. This last design covers forms ranging from tablets through to compact cylinders having a height-to-diameter ratio of more than 1.
The end products of the process of the invention may in each case be formed as separate, individual elements corresponding to the predetermined dosage of the laundry detergents and/or cleaning products. It is equally possible, however, to design the cut-to-length material strands in such a way as to combine a plurality of such mass units in one compact, with the ease of separation of smaller, portioned units being provided for in particular by means of predetermined breakage points. For the use of textile laundry detergents in machines of the type customary in Europe, with a horizontally arranged mechanism, it may be judicious to design the compacts as tablets, in cylindrical or block form, preference being given to a diameter/height ratio in the range from about 0.5:2 to 2:0.5.
The three-dimensional form of another embodiment of the tablets is adapted in its dimensions to the dispensing cup of commercially customary washing machines, so that the tablets can be metered without a dosing aid directly into the dispensing cup, where they dissolve during the initial rinse cycle. Alternatively, it is of course readily possible, and preferred in the context of the present invention, to use the laundry detergent tablets by way of a dosing aid.
A further preferred tablet which may be produced as a platelike or barlike structure with, in alternation, long, thick and short, thin segments, so that individual segments can be broken off from this "slab"
at the predetermined breakage points, represented by the short, thin segments, and inserted into the machine. This principle of the "slablike" laundry detergent tablet may also be realized in other geometric forms, for example, vertical triangles connected to one another lengthwise at only one of their sides.
"Slablike" strand sections of this kind may be produced, after cutting to length, by means of an aftertreatment step which comprises pressing a second blade or a second set of blades into the cut-to-length strand sections without dividing them. Superficial shaping or the production of positive or negative indicia may also take place in accordance with the invention. Preferred processes, accordingly, are those wherein the cut-to-length tablets are subjected to an aftertreatment step.
In addition to the impression of indicia, the aftertreatment step may also comprise the impression of patterns, shapes, etc. In this way it is possible, for example, to label universal laundry detergents produced in accordance with the invention by a t-shirt symbol, color laundry detergents produced in accordance with the invention by a wool symbol, cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing produced in accordance with the invention by symbols such as glasses, plates, pots, pans, etc. No limits are imposed in this case on the creativity of product managers. Preferred processes of the invention therefore comprise as aftertreatment step an additional shaping step, especially one of impression.
Subsequent coating of the cut-to-length tablets is also possible, provided the application of an additional coating is desirable. In this case, then, processes are preferred wherein the aftertreatment step comprises the coating of the tablets with a pourable material, preferably a pourable material having a viscosity < 5000 mPas.
Independently of the number of the phases and the nature of the aftertreatment, preference is generally given to processes wherein the tablets have a density of more than 800 kg dm-3, preferably more than 900 kg dm-3, with particular preference more than 1000 kg dm-3, and in particular more than 1100 kg dm-3. In such tablets, the advantages of the commercial form of a compact laundry detergent or cleaning product are manifested particularly clearly.
The present invention provides a process which makes it possible to produce laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets simply and under changing framework conditions. A preferred hardening mechanism in this context, as described above, consists in time-delayed water binding, corresponding laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets having not been described in the prior art. The present invention therefore additionally provides a laundry detergent or cleaning product tablet comprising at least 30°s by weight of phosphate(s), wherein the water content of the tablet is from 50 to 100 of the calculated water binding capacity.
With regard to the definition of the water binding capacity and its calculation, reference may be made to the above remarks, in order to avoid redundancy. The phosphate content of preferred tablets produced in accordance with the invention is higher, so that preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets are those which comprise at least 40% by weight, preferably at least 45~ by weight, and in particular at least 50% by weight, of phosphate(s), based in each case on the tablet weight.
As already mentioned in connection with the remarks relating to the process of the invention, phosphates whose use is particularly preferred are alkali metal phosphates. Therefore, completely analogously, preference is given to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets which comprise alkali metal phosphate(s), with particular preference pentasodium and/or pentapotassium triphosphate (sodium and/or potassium tripolyphosphate), in amounts of from 30 to 80% by weight, preferably from 35 to 75% by weight, and in particular from 50 to 70% by weight, based in each case on the tablet weight.
In the description of the process of the invention it was explained that process end products which are particularly preferred in the context of the present invention not only possess an extremely low proportion of free water but are preferably themselves still able to bind further free water. In preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, therefore, the water content of the tablets is from 55 to 95%, preferably from 60 to 90%, and in particular from 65 to 85%, of the calculated water binding capacity.
With regard to further ingredients, their amounts and physical properties, it is possible to refer to the above remarks, as it is with regard to the multiphase nature of tablets of the invention, the division of ingredients between the individual phases, and the proportions of the phases with respect to one another.
While the invention has been described with particular reference to certain embodiments thereof, it will be understood that changes and modifications may be made by those of ordinary skill in the art within the scope and spirit of the following claims.
In the claims, the word "comprising" means "including 5 the following elements (in the body), but not excluding others"; the phrase "consisting of" means "excluding more than traces of other than the recited ingredients"; and the phrase "consisting essentially of" means "excluding unspecified ingredients which 10 materially affect the basic characteristics of the composition".
Background of the Invention Laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets have been widely described in the prior art and are enjoying increasing popularity among users owing to the ease of dosing. Tableted cleaning products have a number of advantages over their powder-form counterparts: They are easier to dose and to handle, and have storage and transport advantages owing to their compact structure.
Consequently, there exists an extremely broad prior art relating to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, which is also reflected in an extensive patent literature. At an early stage, the developers of products in tablet form hit upon the idea of using tablet regions of different composition to release certain ingredients only under defined conditions in the course of washing or cleaning in order to improve the end result. Tablets which have become established in this context are not only the core/sheath tablets and ring/core tablets, which are sufficiently well known from pharmacy, but also, in particular, multilayer tablets, which are nowadays available for many areas of washing and cleaning or of hygiene.
Visual differentiation of the products is also becoming increasingly important, so that single-phase and single-color tablets in the field of washing and cleaning have been largely displaced by multiphase tablets. Common current market forms include two-layer tablets having a white and a colored phase or having two differently colored layers. In addition, there exist inlay tablets, ring-core tablets, laminated , 2 tablets, etc., whose importance at present is fairly minor.
The preparation of said tablets always comprises at least one tableting step, in which a particulate premix is converted under pressure into a compact tablet. In the case of the abovementioned two-layer tablets, sheath/core tablets, etc., different premixes are pressed onto and/or into one another. In addition, there exist proposals to produce tablets by means of conventional compression technology and to fill cavities in these tablets with melts or the like in order to obtain composition tablets comprising com-pressed and noncompressed fractions.
A further process utilized to produce compact laundry detergent and cleaning product pieces is that of extrusion. Here, a premix is plasticated under high pressures and discharged through perforated molds, fol-lowed by shaping by means of cutting, and by optional aftertreatment. In contrast to tableting, where the particle bed is, so to speak, "sintered", and where the tablets still possess a hollow volume, the high pressures of 100 bar or more during extrusion lead to very compact particles or pieces whose internal hollow volume is greatly reduced.
Multilayer cleaning product tablets for machine dish-washing are described, for example, in European Patent Application EP 224 128 (Henkel KGaA). The two layers have solubility differences, which leads to advan-tageous performance properties.
Multiphase cleaning tablets for the WC are described, for example, in EP 055 100 (Jeyes Group). This document discloses toilet cleaning blocks comprising a shaped body, consisting of a slow-dissolving cleaning product composition, into which a bleach tablet has been embedded. At the same time, this document discloses the very wide variety of design forms of multiphase tablets. In accordance with the teaching of this document, the tablets are produced either by inserting a compressed bleach tablet into a mold and casting the cleaning product composition around this tablet, or by casting part of the cleaning product composition into the mold, followed by the insertion of the compressed bleach tablet and, possibly, subsequent overcasting with further cleaning product composition.
In addition, EP 481 547 (Unilever) describes multiphase cleaning product tablets which are intended for use for machine dishwashing. These tablets have the form of core/sheath tablets and are produced by stepwise com-pression of the constituents: first of all, a bleach composition is compressed to form a tablet, which is placed in a die which is half-filled with a polymer composition, this die then being filled up with further polymer composition and compressed to form a bleach tablet provided with a polymer sheath. The process is subsequently repeated with an alkaline cleaning product composition, so as to give a three-phase tablet.
Another route to producing visually differentiated laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets is described in International Patent Applications W099/-06522, W099/27063 and W099/27067 (Procter & Gamble).
According to the teaching of these documents, a tablet is prepared which has a cavity that is filled with a solidifying melt. Alternatively, a powder is introduced and is fixed in the cavity by means of a coating layer.
A common feature of all three applications is that the region filling out the cavity should not be compressed, since the intention is in this way to protect "pressure-sensitive" ingredients.
Both tableting and extrusion lead to a high pressure load on the premixes for processing, which makes it difficult or impossible to incorporate pressure-sensi-tive ingredients. Also, the production of tablets with three or more phases is no longer possible without problems using either process, since the technical expense increases greatly as the number of phases goes up.
The extrusion or coextrusion of two or more premixes is virtually impossible when there are large differences in the proportion of the individual phases. The conventional tableting of multilayer tablets likewise reaches its limits in the field of laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets if one layer is intended to comprise only a small fraction of the total tablet.
Below a certain layer thickness, compression of a layer adhering to the remainder of the tablet becomes increasingly difficult.
Summary of the Invention It is an object of the present invention, then, to provide a production process for single-phase and multiphase tablets in which even pressure-sensitive ingredients may be accommodated in delimited regions, without any restrictions on the size of the delimited region in relation to the total tablet. At the same time, moreover, firstly there ought to be visual differentiation from conventional two-layer tablets and secondly the production of the tablets ought to function reliably without great technical effort even in mass production without the tablets suffering from stability drawbacks and without the fear of dosing inaccuracies.
In particular, it is an object of the present invention to provide a new production process for laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets which is superior to the existing tableting and extrusion technology in respect of the protection of the ingredi-ents against thermal loads, pressure and shearing, which is less complex in terms of the apparatus and 5 more favorable in terms of process economics, and which permits higher throughputs. In addition, the process should be able to be used without great effort for the production of tablets with three or more phases as well.
It has now been found that the low-pressure strand processing of deformable, curable masses is suitable for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, and does so while meeting the abovementioned profiles of requirements.
The invention provides a process for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, which involves preparing (a) deformable mass(es), supplying said masses) with a pressure below 40 bar to emergence apertures, cutting the emerging material strands to tablet dimensions, and hardening them.
Preferably, the deformable masses which harden after deformation are supplied to the emergence apertures at even lower pressures, in order to protect pressure-sensitive ingredients. Preferred processes are those wherein the deformable masses) is (are) supplied to the emergence apertures with a pressure below 35 bar, preferably below 30 bar, with particular preference below 20 bar, and in particular below 10 bar.
Depending on the final processing of the deformable masses (see below) and on the configuration of the pro-cessing machines, it is also possible to realize even lower pressures, or a procedure without pressure is possible. Processes wherein the deformable masses) is (are) supplied to the emergence apertures with a pressure below 8.5 bar, preferably below 7.5 bar, with particular preference below 6.5 bar, and in particular below 5 bar, are a further important embodiment of the present invention.
Detailed Description of the Invention Below, technical apparatus parameters and technical features of the process of the invention will be described, before the ingredients and physical para-meters of the masses for processing are dealt with.
The process of the invention provides for the processing of deformable masses which harden or solidify after shaping to give compact tablets. In contrast to the extrusion of laundry detergents and cleaning products, where solid, free-flowing premixes are plasticated and shaped by high pressures, the process of the invention is operated at low pressures and starts from deformable masses. These deformable masses are not particulate, but are paste-like or plastic and harden after shaping.
A procedure preferred in the context of the present invention for supplying the deformable masses to the emergence apertures comprises drawing them in between two rolls which have opposite directions of rotation.
By this means, the mass between the rolls is conveyed under low pressure, depending on the width of the nip between the rolls and on the roll speed, in the direc-tion of the emergence apertures. Depending on the number of roll pairs and emergence apertures, and on the design of these apertures, this results in single-phase or multiphase material strands which may have different shapes and/or colors. These material strands are cut into sections of predetermined length, and the individual strand sections are hardened to give the finished laundry detergent and cleaning product tablet.
Single-phase tablets are advantageously produced by supplying a deformable mass with one roll pair to an emergence aperture. Preferred processes are those wherein a deformable mass is drawn in between two rolls, discharged as a material strand from emergence apertures, cut to the desired tablet dimension, and hardened.
Apparatus suitable for the preferred process is obtain-able, for example, from the company Hosokawa Bepex GmbH
under the name "Drehstab-Walzenpresse DP" [rotary-rod roll press DP]. The emergence apertures of such apparatus may, for example, be circular, triangular, square, rectangular, heart-shaped, crescent-shaped, etc., in design. The first-mentioned apertures then give rise to cylindrical, prismatic, cuboid, tetragonal or orthorhombic tablets. The drawings, in Figures 27 and also 29 to 42, show by way of example some possible designs for emergence apertures.
It is likewise possible to rotate the material strands following emergence from the apertures in the shapable state before they are cut to the desired tablet dimensions. This produces tablets having irregular, spiral side faces, which offer particular visual attractiveness.
Two-phase tablets may be produced correspondingly using two roll pairs. Preferred processes for this purpose are those wherein two deformable masses of different composition are drawn in between two roll pairs and discharged as filled, hollow or multi-ply material strands from emergence apertures, cut to the desired tablet dimension, and hardened. It is of course also possible to process two masses of identical composition in a similar way. In this case this is done not for separation of active substances or to achieve specific washing and cleaning effects, but instead for visual attractiveness. Apparatus suitable for such processes of the invention is again available from the company Hosokawa Bepex GmbH under the name "Doppel-Drehstab-Walzenpresse DDP" [double rotary-rod roll press DDP].
The emergence apertures of such apparatus may be arranged alongside or inside one another, producing multi-ply or multiphase tablets. Figures 15 to 26 and 28 show by way of example some cross sections of emergence apertures for different masses. In Figures 15, 16, 17, 19, 21, 23, and 25, there result strands and tablets in which one part, apart from the cut faces, is completely enclosed by the other part. The other figures mentioned show strands or tablets, respectively, in which one part is embedded on or only partly in the other part. Here again, rotation of the material strands prior to cutting to length is possible in order to achieve particular visual effects.
The process of the invention may also be utilized with-out problems to produce three-phase tablets. Completely in analogy to the remarks made so far, such processes of the invention are implemented by drawing in three plastically deformable masses of different composition between three roll pairs and discharging them as singly, doubly or triply filled, hollow, two- or three-ply material strands from emergence apertures, cutting them to the desired tablet dimension, and hardening them.
Here again, it is of course possible to process two or even three masses of identical composition in a similar manner. This is then used in turn not (only) to separate active substances or to achieve particular washing and cleaning effects, but instead for visual attractiveness. Apparatus suitable for the production of three-phase tablets, as well, is available from the company Hosokawa Bepex GmbH under the name "Dreifach-Drehstab-Walzenpresse DP/3" [triple rotary-rod roll press DP/3]. The emergence apertures of such apparatus may be arranged alongside or inside one another, producing multi-ply or multiphase tablets. Figures 1 to 14 show by way of example some cross sections of emergence apertures for different masses. Here again, in turn, the material strands may be rotated prior to cutting to length in order to obtain particular visual effects.
The possibilities for discharging a plurality of mater-ial strands onto, alongside, over, under or into one another from the apparatus are unlimited, so that even tablets with four or more phases may be produced in a simple manner. Since the apparatus and the associated die systems are of simple and robust construction, a changeover of product shape, and adaptation to differ-ent market requirements, are possible rapidly and without complication. Changes in shape on the resultant tablets may also be brought about without problems by means of the appropriate treatment of the material strands prior to cutting. If, for example, in accord-ance with Figure 1, three material strands are discharged onto one another from three emergence aper-tures having a circular cross section, then, after cutting to length, tablets are produced which have the form of three stacked cylinders. By simple rotation of the three material strands about their longitudinal axis prior to cutting to length, laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets are obtained which have the form of segments turned in toward one another and suggest rigging or braids. The flexibility of the process of the invention in terms of the changeover of shapes and esthetic design is therefore far greater than that of the processes known to date.
In the production of multiphase tablets, the ratio of these phases to one another may be chosen freely; from esthetic standpoints, it may be advantageous if one phase accounts for at least 1/100, preferably at least 1/20 and in particular at least 1/10 of the volume or the weight of the other phase (s) . In preferred process end products, the weight ratio of the masses to one 5 another is in the range from 1:1 to 1:100, preferably from 1:2 to 1:75, and in particular from 1:2.5 to 1:30 (two-phase tablets) or, respectively, in the range from 1:1:1 to 1:100:100, preferably from 1:1:2 to 1:75:75, and in particular from 1:1:2.5 to 1:30:30 (three-phase 10 tablets). The ratio of the surface areas of the individual tablet phases is preferably within similar ranges.
Depending on the final processing of the deformable masses (see below), i.e., depending on the ingredients and the physical parameters of the masses for process-ing, it is possible to achieve throughputs of differing levels, which further depend on the size of the emergence apertures. It is preferred in this context to keep within certain emergence rates for the material strands. In preferred processes the material strands are discharged from the emergence apertures at a rate of from 0.2 m/min to 30 m/min, preferably from 0.25 m/min to 20 m/min, with particular preference from 0.5 m/min to 15 m/min, and in particular from 1 m/min to 10 m/min.
In principle, the process of the invention is not limited as regards the shape and size of the emergence apertures. In view of the products to be manufactured and their size and mass, which in the case of such products is usually in the range from 5 to 500 g, preferably from 10 to 250 g, with particular preference from 15 to 100 g, and in particular between 20 and 50 g, preference is given to processes wherein the emergence apertures have aperture areas of from 50 mm2 to 2500 mm2, preferably from 100 mm2 to 2000 mm2, with particular preference from 200 mm2 to 1500 mmz, and in particular from 300 mm2 to 1000 mm2, with especial preference from 350 mm2 to 750 mm2.
However, it is possible to drop below these values for individual emergence apertures, for example, if the purpose of one emergence aperture is to place a thin "tube" over another strand, thereby, so to speak, coating the latter. Strand cross sections of this kind are sketched, for example, in Figures 15, 17, 21 and 23, it being entirely possible in each case for the external part to be thinner. In that case, the finished tablet contains strands which apart from the end faces (cut faces) are coated, from which effects may be achieved in terms of delayed or accelerated release.
With the exception of such coated strands, however, preference is given to processes wherein the thickness of at least one of the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures is at least 5 mm, preferably at least 7.5 mm, and in particular at least 10 mm.
The cutting to length of the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures may take place in accord-ance with the known processes of the prior art, for example, by means of rotating blades, lowerable cutters or wires, etc. The mass of the finished tablets is guided on the one hand by the size of the emergence apertures and on the other hand by the length of the cuts. Where conventional laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets are to be provided for customary utilities such as, for example, laundry detergent tablets or machine dishwashing detergent tablets, preference is given to processes wherein the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures are cut to a length of from 10 to 100 mm, preferably from 12.5 to 75 mm, with particular preference from 15 to 60 mm, and in particular from 20 to 50 mm.
Depending on the composition or on the desired end use, however, it is also possible to go above or below the abovementioned limits. Thus it is possible, for example, to process masses which are relatively poorly soluble after hardening and to cut them to lengths of from 100 to 1000 mm, preferably from 120 to 750 mm, and in particular from 150 to 500 mm. The hardened "rods"
obtained in this way may then be accommodated in wash-ing machines or dishwashers as depot blocks, where in each washing cycle a defined portion of the block is dissolved while the remainder remains in the machine or its dosing system for the next cleaning cycle.
After cutting to the desired tablet dimensions, the strand sections are hardened. Hardening is carried out differently (see below) depending on the composition of the masses, so that hardening may if desired be assisted or accelerated by means of appropriate measures. It is possible, for example, to initiate or accelerate reactive hardening by spraying activators onto the surface. In the case of radiation-hardening masses, exposure to radioactive rays may also be utilized, as can W radiation for UV-active masses. In preferred processes, hardening takes place by means of internal and external drying and/or cooling, so that preferred processes are those wherein the hardening of the material strands, cut to tablet dimensions, is assisted by superficial drying and/or cooling, in particular by blowing with cold air.
Following the description of the preferred embodiments in terms of apparatus, there now follows a description of the deformable and hardening masses for processing.
In this context, there is both a treatment of the composition and physical parameters and a description of possible hardening mechanisms.
The hardening of the deformable masses) may take place by different mechanisms, among which mention may be made of time-delayed water binding, cooling below the melting point, solvent evaporation, crystallization, chemical reaction(s), especially polymerization, and changes in the rheological properties as a result, for example, of altered shearing of the mass(es), as the most important hardening mechanisms, in addition to the already mentioned radiation hardening by means of W, alpha, beta or gamma rays.
In all cases, a deformable, preferably plastic, mass is prepared which may be shaped without great pressures.
After shaping, hardening then takes place by means of suitable initiation or elapse of a certain period of time. If the masses processed have self-hardening properties without further initiation, then this must be taken into account in the course of processing in order to avoid instances of hardening during shaping and, consequently, blockages and disruptions to the process sequences.
In processes which are preferred in the context of the present invention, hardening of the deformable mass (es) takes place by means of time-delayed water binding.
Time-delayed water binding in the masses processed in accordance with the invention may in turn be realized in different ways. Appropriate in this context, for example, are masses which comprise hydratable, anhyd-rous raw materials, or raw materials in low states of hydration, which are able to undergo transition to stable, higher hydrates, and which further comprise water. The formation of the hydrates, which does not take place spontaneously, then leads to the binding of free water, which in turn leads to hardening of the masses. Subsequently, low-pressure shaping is no longer possible, and tablets stable to handling are produced which may, if desired, be treated further and/or packaged.
Time-offset water binding may also take place, for example, by incorporating salts containing water of hydration, which when the temperature is increased dissolve in their own water of crystallization, into the masses. If there is a subsequent fall in tempera-ture, the water of crystallization is bound again, leading to a loss of shapeability by simple means and to a solidification of the masses.
The swelling of natural or synthetic polymers is another time-delayed water binding mechanism which may be utilized in the context of the process of the invention. In this case, mixtures of unswollen polymer and suitable swelling agent, e.g., water, diols, glycerol, etc., may be incorporated into the masses, with swelling and hardening taking place after shaping.
The most important mechanism of hardening by time-delayed water binding is the use of a combination of water with raw materials that are anhydrous or of low water content, which slowly hydrate. Particularly appropriate for this purpose are substances which contribute to the cleaning performance in the washing or cleaning process. In the context of the process of the invention, preferred ingredients of the deformable masses in this context are, for example, phosphates, carbonates, silicates, and zeolites.
It is particularly preferred if the resultant hydrate forms have low melting points, since in this way a combination of the hardening mechanisms by internal drying and cooling is achieved. Preferred processes are those wherein the deformable masses) comprises) from 10 to 95% by weight, preferably from 15 to 90% by weight, with particular preference from 20 to 85% by weight, and in particular from 25 to 80~ by weight, of anhydrous substances which pass by hydration into a hydrate form having a melting point below 120°C, preferably below 100°C, and in particular below 80°C.
The deformable properties of the masses may be influenced by adding plasticizers such as polyethylene glycols, polypropylene glycols, waxes, paraffins, non-ionic surfactants, and so on. Further details of the 10 classes of substance mentioned are given later on.
Raw materials for preferred incorporation into the deformable masses originate from the group of the phosphates, alkali metal phosphates being particularly 15 preferred. For the preparation of the masses, these substances are used in anhydrous or low-water-content form, and the desired plastic properties of the masses are established using water and also optional plastici-zers. After shaping, shaped and cut-to-length strands are then hardened by hydration of the phosphates.
Alkali metal phosphates is the collective term for the alkali metal (especially sodium and potassium) salts of the various phosphoric acids, among which meta-phosphoric acids (HP03)n and orthophosphoric acid H3P04, in addition to higher-molecular-mass representatives, may be distinguished. The phosphates combine a number of advantages: they act as alkali carriers, prevent limescale deposits on machine components, and lime incrustations on fabrics, and additionally contribute to cleaning performance.
Sodium dihydrogen phosphate, NaH2P04, exists as the dihydrate (density 1.91 g cm-3, melting point 60°) and as the monohydrate (density 2.04 g cm-3). Both salts are white powders of very ready solubility in water which lose the water of crystallization on heating and undergo transition at 200°C to the weakly acidic diphosphate (disodium dihydrogen diphosphate, NazH2P20~) and at the higher temperature into sodium trimeta-phosphate (Na3P309) and Maddrell's salt (see below) .
NaH2P04 reacts acidically; it is formed if phosphoric acid is adjusted to a pH of 4.5 using sodium hydroxide solution and the slurry is sprayed. Potassium dihydrogen phosphate (primary or monobasic potassium phosphate, potassium biphosphate, PDP), KH2PO4, is a white salt with a density of 2.33 g cm-3, has a melting point of 253° [decomposition with formation of potassium polyphosphate (KP03)X], and is readily soluble in water.
Disodium hydrogen phosphate (secondary sodium phosphate), Na2HP04, is a colorless, crystalline salt which is very readily soluble in water. It exists in anhydrous form and with 2 mol (density 2.066 g cm-3, water loss at 95°) , 7 mol (density 1.68 g cm-3, melting point 48° with loss of 5 H20), and 12 mol of water (density 1.52 g cm-3, melting point 35° with loss of 5 H20), becomes anhydrous at 100°, and if heated more severely undergoes transition to the diphosphate Na4P20~. Disodium hydrogen phosphate is prepared by neutralizing phosphoric acid with sodium carbonate solution using phenolphthalein as indicator.
Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate (secondary or dibasic potassium phosphate), K2HP04, is an amorphous white salt which is readily soluble in water.
Trisodium phosphate, tertiary sodium phosphate, Na3P04, exists as colorless crystals which as the dodecahydrate have a density of 1.62 g cm-3 and a melting point of 73-76°C (decomposition), as the decahydrate (corres-ponding to 19-20% P205) have a melting point of 100°C, and in anhydrous form (corresponding to 39-40% P205) have a density of 2.536 g cm-3. Trisodium phosphate is readily soluble in water, with an alkaline reaction, and is prepared by evaporative concentration of a solution of precisely 1 mol of disodium phosphate and 1 mol of NaOH. Tripotassium phosphate (tertiary or tribasic potassium phosphate), K3P04, is a white, deliquescent, granular powder of density 2.56 g cm-3, has a melting point of 1340°, and is readily soluble in water with an alkaline reaction. It is produced, for example, when Thomas slag is heated with charcoal and potassium sulfate. Despite the relatively high price, the more readily soluble and therefore highly active potassium phosphates are frequently preferred in the cleaning products industry over the corresponding sodium compounds.
Tetrasodium diphosphate (sodium pyrophosphate), Na4P20~, exists in anhydrous form (density 2.534 g cm-3, melting point 988°, 880° also reported) and as the decahydrate (density 1.815-1.836 g cm-3, melting point 94° with loss of water). Both substances are colorless crystals which dissolve in water with an alkaline reaction. Na4Pz0~ is formed when disodium phosphate is heated at > 200° or by reacting phosphoric acid with sodium carbonate in stoichiometric ratio and dewatering the solution by spraying. The decahydrate complexes heavy metal salts and water hardeners and therefore reduces the hardness of the water. Potassium diphosphate (potassium pyro-phosphate), K4P20~, exists in the form of the trihydrate and is a colorless, hygroscopic powder of density 2.33 g cm-3 which is soluble in water, the pH of the l~s strength solution at 25° being 10.4.
Condensation of NaH2P04 or of KHzP04 gives rise to higher-molecular-mass sodium and potassium phosphates, among which it is possible to distinguish cyclic representatives, the sodium and potassium metaphos-phates, and catenated types, the sodium and potassium polyphosphates. For the latter in particular a large number of names are in use: fused or calcined phosphates, Graham's salt, Kurrol's and Maddrell's salt. All higher sodium and potassium phosphates are referred to collectively as condensed phosphates.
The industrially important pentasodium triphosphate, Na5P301o (sodium tripolyphosphate), is a nonhygroscopic, white, water-soluble salt which is anhydrous or crystallizes with 6 H20 and has the general formula NaO- [P (O) (ONa) -O] n-Na where n - 3 . About 17 g of the anhydrous salt dissolve in 100 g of water at room temperature, at 60° about 20 g, at 100° around 32 g;
after heating the solution at 100°C for two hours, about 8% orthophosphate and 15% diphosphate are produced by hydrolysis. For the preparation of penta-sodium triphosphate, phosphoric acid is reacted with sodium carbonate solution or sodium hydroxide solution in stoichiometric ratio and the solution is dewatered by spraying. In a similar way to Graham's salt and sodium diphosphate, pentasodium triphosphate dissolves numerous insoluble metal compounds (including lime soaps, etc) . Pentapotassium triphosphate, KSP3Olo (potassium tripolyphosphate), is commercialized, for example, in the form of a 50% strength by weight solu-tion (> 23% P205, 25% K20) . The potassium polyphosphates find broad application in the laundry detergents and cleaning products industry. There also exist sodium potassium tripolyphosphates, which may likewise be used for the purposes of the present invention. These are formed, for example, when sodium trimetaphosphate is hydrolyzed with KOH:
(NaP03 ) 3 + 2 KOH -~ Na3KZP301o + H20 These phosphates can be used in accordance with the invention in precisely the same way as sodium tripolyphospate, potassium tripolyphosphate, or mixtures of these two; mixtures of sodium tripolyphosphate and sodium potassium tripolyphosphate, or mixtures of potassium tripolyphosphate and sodium potassium tripolyphosphate, or mixtures of sodium tripolyphosphate and potassium tripolyphosphate and sodium potassium tripolyphospate, may also be used in accordance with the invention.
In preferred processes the deformable masses) com-prise s) phosphate(s), preferably alkali metal phosphate(s), with particular preference pentasodium or pentapotassium triphosphate (sodium or potassium tripolyphosphate), in amounts of from 20 to 80% by weight, preferably from 25 to 75% by weight, and in particular from 30 to 70% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
Where phosphates are used as sole hydratable substances in the masses, the amount of added water should not exceed the water binding capacity thereof, in order to keep the free water content of the tablets low.
Overall, processes which have been found to be preferred for observing the abovementioned limits are those wherein the weight ratio of phosphates) to water in the deformable mass is less than 1:0.3, preferably less than 1:0.25, and in particular less than 1:0.2.
Further ingredients, which may be present instead of or in addition to phosphates in the deformable masses, are carbonates and/or hydrogen carbonates, preference being given to the alkali metal salts and, of these, particu-lar preference to the potassium salts and/or sodium salts. In preferred processes, the deformable masses) comprises) carbonates) and/or hydrogen carbonate(s), preferably alkali metal carbonate(s), with particular preference sodium carbonate, in amounts of from 5 to 50% by weight, preferably from 7.5 to 40% by weight, and in particular from 10 to 30% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
Here again, the comments made above regarding the water content of the masses are applicable. Processes which have been found to be preferred, in particular, are those wherein the weight ratio of carbonates) and/or 5 hydrogen carbonates) to water in the deformable mass is less than 1:0.2, preferably less than 1:0.15, and in particular less than 1:0.1.
Further ingredients which may be present instead of or 10 in addition to the abovementioned phosphates and/or carbonates and/or hydrogen carbonates in the deformable masses are silicates, preference being given to the alkali metal silicates and, of these, particular preference to the amorphous and/or crystalline sodium 15 and/or potassium disilicates.
Suitable crystalline, layered sodium silicates possess the general formula NaMSiX02X+lyH2~, where M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4, y is a number 20 from 0 to 20, and preferred values for x are 2, 3 or 4.
Crystalline phyllosilicates of this kind are described, for example, in European Patent Application EP-A-0 164 514. Preferred crystalline phyllosilicates of the formula indicated are those in which M is sodium and x adopts the value 2 or 3. In particular, both (3- and 8-sodium disilicates NazSizO5~yH20 are preferred, ~i-sodium disilicate, for example, being obtainable by the process described in International Patent Application WO-A-91/08171.
It is also possible to use amorphous sodium silicates having an Na20:Si0z modulus of from 1:2 to 1:3.3, preferably from 1:2 to 1:2.8, and in particular from 1:2 to 1:2.6, which are dissolution-retarded and have secondary washing properties. The retardation of dissolution relative to conventional amorphous sodium silicates may have been brought about in a variety of ways - for example, by surface treatment, compounding, compacting, or overdrying. In the context of this invention, the term "amorphous" also embraces "X-ray-amorphous". This means that in X-ray diffraction experiments the silicates do not yield the sharp X-ray reflections typical of crystalline substances but instead yield at best one or more maxima of the scattered X-radiation, having a width of several degree units of the diffraction angle. However, good builder properties may result, even particularly good builder properties, if the silicate particles in electron diffraction experiments yield vague or even sharp diffraction maxima. The interpretation of this is that the products have microcrystalline regions with a size of from 10 to several hundred nm, values up to max.
50 nm and in particular up to max. 20 nm being preferred. So-called X-ray-amorphous silicates of this kind, which likewise possess retarded dissolution relative to the conventional waterglasses, are described, for example, in German Patent Application DE-A-44 00 024. Particular preference is given to compacted amorphous silicates, compounded amorphous silicates, and overdried X-ray-amorphous silicates.
In processes which are preferred in the context of the present invention the deformable masses) comprises) silicate(s), preferably alkali metal silicates, with particular preference crystalline or amorphous alkali metal disilicates, in amounts of from 10 to 60% by weight, preferably from 15 to 50% by weight, and in particular from 20 to 40% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
Here again, the comments made above regarding the water content of the masses are applicable. Processes which have been found to be preferred are, in particular, those wherein the weight ratio of silicates) to water in the deformable mass is less than 1:0.25, preferably less than 1:0.2, and in particular less than 1:0.15.
Likewise suitable as an important component in the masses for processing in accordance with the invention are substances from the group of the zeolites. These substances constitute preferred builders especially in connection with the production of laundry detergent tablets. Zeolites have the general formula M2~n0 ' A1203 ' X 5102 ' y Hz0 in which M is a cation of valence n, x is greater than or equal to 2, and y may adopt values between 0 and 20.
The zeolite structures are formed by linking of A104 tetrahedra with Si04 tetrahedra, this network being occupied by cations and water molecules. The cations in these structures are relatively mobile and may be replaced to different degrees by other cations. The intercrystalline "zeolitic" water may be released, continuously and reversibly depending on zeolite type, while with certain types of zeolite structural changes are also associated with the release and/or uptake of water.
Within the structural subunits, the "primary binding units" (A104 tetrahedra and Si04 tetrahedra) form so-called "secondary binding units", which possess the form of single or multiple rings. For example, in various zeolites there are 4-, 6- and 8-membered rings (referred to as S4R, S6R and S8R), while other types are joined by way of four- and six-membered double-ring prisms (commonest types: D4R as a tetragonal and D6R as a hexagonal prism). These "secondary subunits" join different polyhedra, which are referred to using Greek letters. The most widespread in this context is a poly-hedron composed of six squares and eight equilateral hexagons, which is referred to as "~i". Using these building units, it is possible to produce many different zeolites. Known to date are 34 natural zeolite minerals and approximately 100 synthetic zeolites.
The best-known zeolite, zeolite 4 A, is a cubic assembly of (3 cages linked by D4R subunits. It belongs to the zeolite structural group 3 and its three-dimensional network has pores of 2.2 A and 4.2 A in size; the formula unit in the unit cell may be described by Nalz [ (AlOz) iz (SiOz) lz] ' 27 H20.
In the process of the invention it is preferred to use zeolites of the faujasite type. Together with the zeolites X and Y, the mineral faujasite belongs to the faujasite types within the zeolite structural group 4, which is characterized by the double-hexagon subunit D6R (compare Donald W. Breck: "Zeolite Molecular Sieves", John Wiley & Sons, New York, London, Sydney, Toronto, 1974, page 92). In addition to the above-mentioned faujasite types, the zeolite structural group 4 also includes the minerals chabazite and gmelinite and also the synthetic zeolite R (chabazite type), S
(gmelinite type), L, and ZK-5. The two last-mentioned synthetic zeolites have no mineral analogs.
Zeolites of the faujasite type are composed of ~3 cages linked tetrahedrally by way of D6R subunits, the (3 cages being arranged in a manner similar to the carbon atoms in diamond. The three-dimensional network of the faujasite-type zeolites used in the process of the invention has pores of 2.2 and 7.4 A; the unit cell includes, moreover, 8 cavities having a diameter of approximately 13 A and may be described by the formula Naes [ (AlOz) es (SiOz) lost ~ 264 HzO. The network of zeolite X
includes a cavity volume of approximately 50~, based on the dehydrated crystal, which constitutes the largest empty space of all known zeolites (zeolite Y: approxim-ately 48~ cavity volume, faujasite: approximately 47~
cavity volume). (All data from: Donald W. Breck:
"Zeolite Molecular Sieves", John Wiley & Sons, New York, London, Sydney, Toronto, 1974, pages 145, 176, 177 . ) In the context of the present invention, the term "faujasite-type zeolite" denotes all three zeolites which form the faujasite subgroup of the zeolite structural group 4. In addition to zeolite X, there-fore, zeolite Y and faujasite, and mixtures of these compounds, may be used in accordance with the invention, preference being given to straight zeolite X.
Mixtures or cocrystallizates of zeolites of the faujasite type with other zeolites, which need not necessarily belong to the zeolite structural group 4, may also be used in accordance with the invention, the advantages of the process of the invention being mani-fested particularly if at least 50% by weight of the powdering agent comprises a faujasite-type zeolite. It is also conceivable, for example, to use the minimum amount of a faujasite-type zeolite (0.5% by weight, based on the weight of the tablet being produced) and to use conventional zeolite A as the remaining powder-ing agent. In any case, however, it is preferred for the powdering agent to consist exclusively of one or more faujasite-type zeolites, with zeolite X again being preferred.
The aluminum silicates which are used with preference in the process of the invention are commercially available, and the methods of their preparation are described in standard monographs.
Examples of commercially available zeolites of the X
type may be described by the following formulae:
Naas [ (A102) as (SiOz) los] 'x H20, K86 [ (Al Oz) 86 (SlOz) 106 'X HzO, Ca4oNas [ (AlOz) ss (SiOz) 106 'x H20, SrzlBazz [ (AlOz ) as ( SiOz ) los ~ ' x HzO, in which x may adopt values of between 0 and 276, and which have pore sizes of from 8.0 to 8.4 A.
A product available commercially and able to be used with preference in the context of the present inven-tion, for example, is a cocrystallizate of zeolite X
and zeolite A (approximately 80a by weight zeolite X), which is sold by CONDEA Augusta S.p.A. under the brand name VEGOBOND AX~ and may be described by the formula nNazO~ (1-n) K2O~AlzO3~ (2-2 . 5) SiOz~ (3 . 5-5. 5) H20.
Zeolites of the Y type are also commercially available and may be described, for example, by the formulae Nass [ (AlO2) s6 (SlO2) 136 'X HzO, Kss [ (AlOz) ss (SiOz) 13s~ 'X HzO, in which x stands for numbers between 0 and 276, and which have pore sizes of 8.0 A.
Preferred processes are those wherein the deformable masses) comprises) zeolite(s), preferably zeolite A, zeolite P, zeolite X and mixtures thereof, in amounts of from 10 to 60~ by weight, preferably from 15 to 50~
by weight, and in particular from 20 to 40~ by weight, based in each case on the mass.
The particle sizes of the faujasite-type zeolites used with preference in the process of the invention is preferably within the range from 0.1 up to 100 Vim, more preferably between 0.5 and 50 Vim, and in particular between 1 and 30 Vim, in each case measured with standard particle size determination methods.
It is generally preferred in this context to use finely divided solids in the masses for processing in accord-ance with the invention, irrespective of whether said solids comprise the abovementioned zeolites or other builders or bleaches, bleach activators or other solids. Very generally, preference is given to process variants wherein the average particle size of the solids used in the deformable masses) is below 400 Vim, preferably below 300 Vim, and in particular below 200 Vim.
The average particle size in this case is the arithmetic mean of the individual particle sizes, which may vary. Particularly preferred processes are those wherein less than 10% by weight, preferably less than 5% by weight, and in particular less than 1% by weight, of the solids used in the deformable masses) have particle sizes above 1000 Vim. The upper particle size range may be narrowed even further, so that particu-larly preferred processes are those wherein less than 15% by weight, preferably less than 10% by weight, and in particular less than 5% by weight, of the solids used in the deformable masses) have particle sizes above 800 Vim.
In general, however, even narrower particle size dis-tributions are preferred, where the breadth of fluc-tuation about the average particle size is not more than 50%, preferably not more than 40%, and in particu-lar not more than 30%, of the average particle size;
i.e., the particle sizes make up at least 0.7 times and at most 1.3 times the average particle size.
Above, the weight ratio of water to certain ingredients in masses preferred in accordance with the invention for processing has been specified. After processing, this water is preferably bound in the form of hydrate water, so that the process end products preferably have a significantly lower free water content. Preferred end products of the process of the invention are essen-tially water-free; i.e., in a state in which the amount of liquid water, i.e., water not present in the form of hydrate water and/or constitution water, is less than 2% by weight, preferably less than 1% by weight, and in particular even below 0.5% by weight, based in each case on the tablets: Accordingly, preferred processes of the invention are those wherein the tablets comprise less than 10% by weight, preferably less than 5% by weight, with particular preference less than 1% by weight, and in particular less than 0.5% by weight, of free water. Water may accordingly be present essen-tially only in chemically and/or physically bound form or as a constituent of the solid raw materials or compounds, but not as a liquid, solvent or dispersion, in the end products of the process of the invention.
Advantageously, the tablets at the end of the produc-tion process of the invention have an overall water content of not more than 15% by weight, with this water, therefore, being present not in liquid, free form but instead in chemically and/or physically bound form, and it is particularly preferred for the amount of water that is not bound to zeolite and/or to silicates in the solid premix to amount to not more than 10% by weight and in particular not more than 7%
by weight.
Process end products which are particularly preferred in the context of the present invention not only possess an extremely small proportion of free water but are preferably themselves still able to bind further free water. In preferred processes, the water content of the tablets is from 50 to 100% of the calculated water binding capacity.
The water binding capacity is the ability of a sub-s stance (in this case, of the process end product) to absorb water in chemically stable form, and ultimately indicates the amount of water which can be bound in the form of stable hydrates by a substance or by a tablet .
The dimensionless value of the water binding capacity (WBC) is calculated from:
~C,_n~18 M
where n is the number of water molecules in the corresponding hydrate of the substance and M is the molar mass of the unhydrated substance. For the water binding capacity of anhydrous sodium carbonate (formation of sodium carbonate monohydrate), for example, this gives a value of 1.18 WBC = = 0.17.
223+12+316 The value WBC may be calculated for all hydrate-forming substances that are used in the masses for processing in accordance with the invention. The percentage proportions of these substances then produce the over-all water binding capacity of the formulation. In preferred process end products, then, the water content is between 50 and 100% of this calculated value.
In addition to the water content of the process end products and the ratio of water to certain raw mater-ials, it is also to make statements about the absolute water content of the masses for processing in accord-ance with the invention. In particularly preferred processes, the deformable masses) in the course of processing has (have) a water content of from 2.5 to 30% by weight, preferably from 5 to 25% by weight, and in particular from 7.5 to 20% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
A further mechanism for the hardening of the masses processed in the process of the invention consists in the cooling of the masses during processing above their softening point. Processes wherein the hardening of the deformable masses) takes place by cooling below the melting point, accordingly, are preferred.
Masses which may be softened under the action of temperature may easily be formulated by mixing the desired further ingredients with a meltable or soften-able substance, and heating the mixture to temperatures within the softening range of this substance and shaping the mixture at these temperatures. It is particularly preferred in this case to use waxes, paraffins, polyalkylene glycols, etc., as meltable or softenable substances. These substances are described below.
The meltable or softenable substances should have a melting range (solidification range) situated within a temperature range in which the other ingredients of the masses to be processed are not exposed to any excessive thermal load. On the other hand, however, the melting range must be sufficiently high still to provide a handleable tablet at at least slightly elevated temperature. In masses preferred in accordance with the invention, the meltable or softenable substances have a melting point above 30°C.
It has proven advantageous for the meltable or softenable substances not to exhibit a sharply defined melting point, as encountered commonly with pure, crystalline substances, but instead to have a melting range which covers, in some cases, several degrees Celsius. The meltable or softenable substances preferably have a melting range which lies between about 45°C and above 75°C. In the present case that 5 means that the melting range occurs within the stated temperature interval, and does not denote the width of the melting range. The width of the melting range is preferably at least 1°C, more preferably from about 2 to about 3°C.
The abovementioned properties are in general possessed by what are called waxes. The term "waxes" is applied to a range of natural or synthetic substances which melt without decomposition, generally at above 40°C, and are of comparatively low viscosity, without stringing, at just a little above the melting point.
They have a highly temperature-dependent consistency and solubility.
According to their origin, the waxes are divided into three groups: the natural waxes, chemically modified waxes, and the synthetic waxes.
The natural waxes include, for example, plant waxes such as candelilla wax, carnauba wax, Japan wax, esparto grass wax, cork wax, guaruma wax, rice germ oil wax, sugarcane wax, ouricury wax, or montan wax, animal waxes such as beeswax, shellac wax, spermaceti, lanolin (wool wax), uropygial grease, mineral waxes such as ceresin or ozokerite (earth wax), or petrochemical waxes such as petrolatum, paraffin waxes or microcrystalline waxes.
The chemically modified waxes include, for example, hard waxes such as montan ester waxes, sassol waxes, or hydrogenated jojoba waxes.
By synthetic waxes are meant, in general, polyalkylene waxes or polyalkylene glycol waxes. As meltable or softenable substances for the masses which harden by cooling it is also possible to use compounds from other classes of substance which meet the stated requirements in terms of softening point. Examples of synthetic compounds which have proven suitable are higher esters of phthalic acid, especially dicyclohexyl phthalate, which is available commercially under the name Unimoll~
66 (Bayer AG). Also suitable are synthetically prepared waxes from lower carboxylic acids and fatty alcohols, an example being dimyristyl tartrate, which is available under the name Cosmacol~ ETLP (Condea).
Conversely, synthetic or partially synthetic esters of lower alcohols with fatty acids from natural sources may also be used. This class of substance includes, for example, Tegiri 90 (Goldschmidt), a glyceryl mono-stearate palmitate. Shellac as well, for example, Schellack-KPS-Dreiring-SP (Kalkhoff GmbH), may be used according to the invention as meltable or softenable substances.
Likewise counted among the waxes in the context of the present invention are, for example, the so-called wax alcohols. Wax alcohols are relatively high molecular mass, water-insoluble fatty alcohols having in general from about 22 to 40 carbon atoms. The wax alcohols occur, for example, in the form of wax esters of relatively high molecular mass fatty acids (wax acids) as a principal constituent of many natural waxes.
Examples of wax alcohols are lignoceryl alcohol (1-tetracosanol), cetyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, and melissyl alcohol. The coating of the particulate solids coated in accordance with the invention may, if desired, also include wool wax alcohols, by which are meant triterpenoid and steroid alcohols, an example being lanolin, which is available under the commercial designation Argowax~ (Pamentier & Co.), for example.
Likewise possible for use, at least proportionally, as a constituent of the coating are, in the context of the present invention, fatty acid glycerol esters or fatty acid alkanolamides, and also, if desired, water-s insoluble or only sparingly water-soluble polyalkylene glycol compounds.
Particularly preferred meltable or softenable substances in the masses for processing are those from the group consisting of polyethylene glycols (PEG) and/or polypropylene glycols (PPG), preference being given to polyethylene glycols having molecular masses of between 1500 and 36,000, particular preference to those having molecular masses of from 2000 to 6000, and special preference to those having molecular masses of from 3000 to 5000. Corresponding processes wherein the plastically deformable masses) comprises) at least one substance from the group of polyethylene glycols (PEG) and/or polypropylene glycols (PPG) are also preferred.
In this context, particularly preferred masses for processing in accordance with the invention are those comprising polypropylene glycols (PPG) and/or polyethylene glycols (PEG) as sole meltable or softenable substances. Polypropylene glycols (abbreviation PPG) which may be used in accordance with the invention are polymers of propylene glycol which satisfy the general formula I
H-~o-cH-cH2y-off ( I ) I
where n can adopt values between 10 and 2000. Preferred PPGs have molecular masses of between 1000 and 10,000 and, correspondingly, values of n of between 17 and approximately 170.
Polyethylene glycols (abbreviation PEG) which may be used with preference in accordance with the invention are polymers of ethylene glycol which satisfy the general formula II
H- (O-CHZ-CH2) n-OH ( I I ) where n can adopt values between 20 and approximately 1000. The abovementioned preferred molecular weight ranges correspond in this case to preferred ranges for the value n in formula II of from about 30 to about 820 (to be exact: from 34 to 818), with particular preference from about 40 to about 150 (to be exact:
from 45 to 136), and in particular from about 70 to about 120 (to be exact: from 68 to 113).
In another preferred embodiment, the masses for processing in accordance with the invention comprise paraffin wax in the predominant fraction. That means that at least 50% by weight of the total meltable or softenable substances present, preferably more, consist of paraffin wax. Particularly suitable are paraffin wax contents (based on total meltable or softenable substances) of approximately 60% by weight, approximately 70% by weight or approximately 80% by weight, with special preference being given to even higher proportions, of, for example, more than 90% by weight. In one particular embodiment of the invention, the total amount of the meltable or softenable substances used consists exclusively of paraffin wax.
Relative to the other, natural waxes mentioned, paraffin waxes have the advantage in the context of the present invention that in an alkaline cleaning product environment there is no hydrolysis of the waxes (as is to be expected, for example, with the wax esters), since paraffin wax contains no hydrolyzable groups.
Paraffin waxes consist primarily of alkanes, plus low fractions of isoalkanes and cycloalkanes. The paraffin for use in accordance with the invention preferably contains essentially no constituents having a melting point of more than 70°C, with particular preference of more than 60°C. Below this melting temperature in the cleaning product liquor, fractions of high-melting alkanes in the paraffin may leave unwanted wax residues on the surfaces to be cleaned or on the ware to be cleaned. 4dax residues of this kind lead in general to an unattractive appearance of the cleaned surface and should therefore be avoided.
Masses for processing with preference comprise as meltable or softenable substances at least one paraffin wax having a melting range from 50°C to 60°C, preferred processes being those wherein deformable masses) comprises) a paraffin wax having a melting range of from 50°C to 55°C.
Preferably, the amount of alkanes, isoalkanes and cycloalkanes which are solid at ambient temperature (generally from about 10 to about 30°C) in the paraffin wax used is as high as possible. The larger the amount of solid wax constituents in a wax at room temperature, the more useful that wax is in the context of the present invention. As the proportion of solid wax constituents increases, there is an increase in the resistance of the process end products to impacts or friction on other surfaces, resulting in a longer-lasting protection. High proportions of oils or liquid wax constituents may weaken the tablets or tablet regions, as a result of which pores are opened and the active substances are exposed to the ambient influences mentioned at the outset.
In addition to paraffin as main constituent, the meltable or softenable substances may further comprise one or more of the abovementioned waxes or waxlike 5 substances. In a further preferred embodiment of the present invention, the mixture forming the meltable or softenable substances should be such that the mass and the tablets or tablet constituent formed from it are at least substantially water-insoluble. At a temperature 10 of about 30°C, the solubility in water should not exceed about 10 mg/1 and preferably should be below 5 mg/1.
In such cases, however, the meltable or softenable 15 substances should have as low a solubility in water as possible, even in water at elevated temperature, in order as far as possible to avoid temperature-independent release of the active substances.
20 The principle described above is used for the delayed release of ingredients at a particular point in time in the cleaning operation and can be employed with particular advantage if rinsing is carried out in the main rinse cycle at a relatively low temperature (for 25 example, 55°C), so that the active substance is not released from the rinse aid particles until the rinse cycle at higher temperatures (approximately 70°C). .
Preferred masses to be processed in accordance with the 30 invention comprise as meltable or softenable substances one or more substances having a melting range of from 40°C to 75°C in amounts of from 6 to 30% by weight, preferably from 7.5 to 25% by weight, and in particular from 10 to 20% by weight, based in each case on the 35 weight of the mass.
A further mechanism by which the masses may harden is the evaporation of solvents. To this end it is possible to prepare solutions or dispersions of the desired ingredients in one or more suitable, volatile solvents, said solutions or dispersions emitting this (these) solvents) after the shaping step and, in so doing, hardening. Examples of appropriate solvents are lower alkanols, aldehydes, ethers, esters, etc., which are selected in accordance with the further composition of the masses for processing. Particularly suitable sol-vents for such processes wherein the deformable masses) hardens) by evaporation of solvents are ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, 1-hexanol, and the acetates of the abovementioned alcohols, especially ethyl acetate.
The evaporation of the abovementioned solvents may be accelerated by heating after shaping and cutting to length, or by air movement. Combinations of the measures specified are also suitable for this purpose, for example, the blowing of the cut-to-length tablets with warm or hot air.
A further mechanism which may form the basis for the hardening of the shaped and cut-to-length masses is that of crystallization. Processes wherein the deform able masses) hardens) by crystallization are likewise preferred.
Crystallization, as a mechanism on which the hardening is based, may be utilized by using, for example, melts of crystalline substances as the basis of one or more shapable masses. Following processing, systems of this kind undergo transition to a higher state of order, which in turn leads to hardening of the overall tablet formed. Alternatively, crystallization may take place by crystallization from supersaturated solution. In the context of the present invention, supersaturation refers to a metastable state in which, in a closed system, more of one substance is present than is required for saturation. A supersaturated solution obtained, for example, by undercooling accordingly com-prises more dissolved substance than it should contain in thermal equilibrium. The excess of dissolved sub-stance may be brought to instantaneous crystallization by seeding with seed crystal or dust particles or by agitating the system. In the context of the present invention, the term "supersaturated" always refers to a temperature of 20°C. If x grams of a substance per liter dissolve in a defined solvent at a temperature of 20°C, then the solution, in the context of the present invention, may be referred to as "supersaturated" if it contains (x + y) grams of the substance per liter, y being > 0. Consequently, in the context of the present invention, solutions referred to as "supersaturated"
include those which at an elevated temperature are used as the basis of a mass for processing and are processed at this temperature, in which more dissolved substance is present in the solution than would dissolve in the same amount of solvent at 20°C.
The term "solubility" is understood by the present invention to mean the maximum amount of a substance which the solvent is able to accommodate at a certain temperature, i.e., the fraction of the dissolved substance in a solution saturated at the temperature in question. Where a solution contains more dissolved sub-stance than it should contain in thermodynamic equili-brium at a given temperature (for example, in the case of undercooling), it is referred to as supersaturated.
By seeding with seed crystals it is possible to cause the excess to precipitate as a sediment in the solution, which is now just saturated. A solution saturated in respect of a substance may, however, also dissolve other substances (for example, it is still possible to dissolve sugar in a saturated solution of common salt).
The state of supersaturation can be achieved, as described above, by slow cooling or by undercooling of a solution, provided the dissolved substance is more soluble in the solvent at higher temperatures. Other possibilities to obtain supersaturated solutions are, for example, the combination of two solutions whose ingredients react to form another substance which does not immediately precipitate (hindered or retarded precipitation reactions). The latter mechanism is particularly suitable as a basis for the formation of masses for processing in accordance with the invention.
In principle, the state of supersaturation is achiev-able in any kind of solution, although the principle described in the present specification finds its application, as already mentioned, in the production of laundry detergents and cleaning products. Accordingly, some systems, which in principle tend to form super-saturated solutions, are less suitable for use in accordance with the invention, since the systems of substance on which they are based cannot be used, on Pnvirnnmr~ntal. toxiCOlOQI.Cal, or economic crrounds. In addition to nonionic surfactants or common nonaqueous solvents, therefore, particular preference is given to processes of the invention with the last-mentioned hardening mechanism wherein a supersaturated aqueous solution is used as the basis of at least one mass for processing.
As already mentioned above, the state of supersatura-tion in the context of the present invention refers to the saturated solution at 20°C. By using solutions which have a temperature above 20°C it is easy to attain the state of supersaturation. Process of the invention wherein the crystallization-hardening mass during processing has a temperature of between 35 and 120°C, preferably between 40 and 110°C, with particular preference between 45 and 90°C, and in particular between 50 and 80°C, are preferred in the context of the present invention.
Since the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets produced are generally neither stored at elevated temperatures nor later used at these elevated temperatures, the cooling of the mixture leads to the precipitation from the supersaturated solution of the fraction of dissolved substance which was present in the solution above the saturation limit at 20°C. Thus, on cooling, the supersaturated solution may divided into a saturated solution and a sediment. An alter-native possibility is that, owing to recrystallization and hydration phenomena, the supersaturated solution solidifies on cooling to form a solid. This is the case, for example, if certain salts containing hydration water dissolve in their water of crystallization on heating. In this case, supersaturated solutions are often formed on cooling which by mechanical action or addition of seed crystal to a solid - the salt, containing water of crystallization, as the state which is thermodynamically stable at room temperature -solidify. This phenomenon is known, for example, for sodium thiosulfate pentahydrate and sodium acetate trihydrate, the latter salt in particular, containing hydration water, being suitable for use with advantage in the form of the supersaturated solution in the process of the invention. Specific laundry detergent and cleaning product ingredients as well, such as phosphonates, for example, display this phenomenon and are outstandingly suitable in the form of the solutions as granulation aids. For this purpose the corresponding phosphonic acids (see below) are neutralized with concentrated alkali, the solution becoming heated as a result of the heat of neutralization. On cooling, these solutions form solids of the corresponding alkali metal phosphonates. By incorporating further laundry deter-s gent and cleaning product ingredients into the solutions while still hot, it is possible in accordance with the invention to prepare processable masses of different composition. Particularly preferred processes of the invention are those wherein the supersaturated 10 solution used as a basis of the hardening mass solidifies at room temperature to form a solid. It is preferred in this case that the formerly supersaturated solution, following solidification to form a solid, cannot be converted back into a supersaturated solution 15 by heating to the temperature at which the super-saturated solution was formed. This is the case, for example, with the phosphonates mentioned.
As mentioned above, the supersaturated solution used as 20 a basis of the hardening mass may be obtained in a number of ways and then processed in accordance with the invention following optional admixing of further ingredients. One simple way, for example, is to prepare the supersaturated solution which is used as the basis 25 of the hardening mass by dissolving the dissolved sub-stance in heated solvent. If the amounts of the dissolved substance that are dissolved in this way in the heated solvent are higher than those which would dissolve at 20°C, then a solution is present which is 30 supersaturated within the meaning of the present invention and which either hot (see above) or after cooling, and in the metastable state, may be introduced into the mixer.
35 A further possibility is to remove the water from salts containing hydration water by "dry" heating and to dissolve them in their own water of crystallization (see above). This too is a method of preparing super-saturated solutions that may be used in the context of the present invention.
Another way is to add a gas or other fluid or solution to a non-supersaturated solution, so that the dissolved substance reacts in the solution to form a less soluble substance or dissolved to a lesser extent in the mixture of the solvents. The combination of two solutions each containing two substances which react with one another to form a less soluble substance is likewise a method of preparing supersaturated solu-tions, provided the less-soluble substance does not precipitate instantaneously. Processes which are like-wise preferred in the context of the present invention are those wherein the supersaturated solution used as the basis of the hardening mass is prepared by combin-ing two or more solutions. Examples of such ways of preparing supersaturated solutions are dealt with below.
Preferred processes of the invention are those wherein the supersaturated aqueous solution is obtained by combining an aqueous solution of one or more acidic ingredients of laundry detergents and cleaning pro-ducts, preferably from the group of the surfactant acids, the builder acids, and the complexing agent acids, and an aqueous alkali solution, preferably an aqueous alkali metal hydroxide solution, in particular an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution.
Among the representatives of said classes of compound that have already been mentioned earlier on above, the phosphonates in particular occupy an outstanding position in the context of the present invention. In preferred processes of the invention, therefore, the supersaturated aqueous solution is obtained by combin-ing an aqueous phosphonic acid solution with concentra-tions above 45% by weight, preferably above 50% by weight, and in particular above 55% by weight, based in each case on the phosphonic acid solution, and an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution with concentrations above 35% by weight, preferably above 40% by weight, and in particular above 45% by weight, based in each case on the sodium hydroxide solution.
The hardening of the deformable masses) may, in accordance with the invention, also take place by means of chemical reaction(s), especially addition polymeri-zation. Suitable in this context, in principle, are all chemical reactions which, starting from one or more liquid to paste-like substances, lead, by reaction with (an)other substance(s), to solids. Especially suitable in this context are chemical reactions which do not lead suddenly to said change of state. From the multi-tude of chemical reactions which lead to solidification phenomena, suitable reactions are in particular those in which larger molecules are built up from smaller molecules. These reactions include, in turn, preferably reactions in which many small molecules react to form (one) larger molecule(s). These are what are known as polymerization reactions (polyaddition, addition polymerization, polycondensation) and polymer-analogous reactions. The corresponding addition polymers, polyadducts (poly-addition products) or polycondensates (polycondensation products) then give the finished, cut-to-length tablet its strength.
In view of the intended use of the products produced in accordance with the invention it is preferred to utilize as hardening mechanism the formation of those solid substances from liquid or paste-like starting materials which are in any case to be used in the laundry detergent and cleaning product as ingredients, examples being cobuilders, soil repellents, and soil release polymers. Such cobuilders may originate, for example, from the groups of the polycarboxylates/poly-carboxylic acids, polymeric polycarboxylates, aspartic acid, polyacetals, dextrins, etc. These classes of substance are described later on.
A further mechanism by which the deformable masses) may harden in the context of the present invention is that of hardening as a result of a change in rheo-logical properties.
In this case, use is made of the property possessed by certain substances of changing - in some instances, drastically - their rheological properties under the action of shear forces. Examples of such systems, which are familiar to the skilled worker, are phyllosili-Gates, for example, which under shearing have a highly thickening action in appropriate matrices and may lead to masses of firm consistency.
It is of course possible for two or more hardening mechanisms to be combined with one another and/or used simultaneously in one mass. Appropriate in this case, for example, are crystallization with simultaneous solvent evaporation, cooling with simultaneous crystallization, water binding ("internal drying") with simultaneous external drying, etc.
The general description of mechanisms which may form the basis for hardening in the process of the invention is followed by a detailed description of the other ingredients to be used in the masses for processing.
Preferred end products of the process of the invention, i.e. preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, further comprise one or more surfactants.
Accordingly, it is preferred for at least one of the masses for processing to comprise surfactant(s). In the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets of the invention it is possible to use anionic, nonionic, cationic and/or amphoteric surfactants, and/or mixtures thereof. From a performance standpoint, preference is given to mixtures of anionic and nonionic surfactants.
The total surfactant content of the tablets is for laundry detergent tablets from 5 to 60~ by weight, based on the tablet weight, preference being given to surfactant contents of more than 15% by weight, while cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing contain preferably less than 5% by weight of surfactant (s) .
Anionic surfactants used are, for example, those of the sulfonate and sulfate type. Preferred surfactants of the sulfonate type are C9_13 alkylbenzenesulfonates, olefinsulfonates, i.e., mixtures of alkenesulfonates and hydroxyalkanesulfonates, and also disulfonates, as are obtained, for example, from Clz-ie monoolefins having a terminal or internal double bond by sulfonating with gaseous sulfur trioxide followed by alkaline or acidic hydrolysis of the sulfonation products. Also suitable are alkanesulfonates, which are obtained from C12-18 alkanes, for example, by sulfochlorination or sulfoxidation with subsequent hydrolysis or neutralization, respectively. Likewise suitable, in addition, are the esters of a-sulfo fatty acids (ester sulfonates), e.g., the a-sulfonated methyl esters of hydrogenated coconut, palm kernel or tallow fatty acids.
Further suitable anionic surfactants are sulfated fatty acid glycerol esters. Fatty acid glycerol esters are the monoesters, diesters and triesters, and mixtures thereof, as obtained in the preparation by esterification of a monoglycerol with from 1 to 3 mol of fatty acid or in the transesterification of triglycerides with from 0.3 to 2 mol of glycerol.
Preferred sulfated fatty acid glycerol esters are the sulfation products of saturated fatty acids having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, examples being those of caproic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, myristic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, or behenic acid.
5 Preferred alk(en)yl sulfates are the alkali metal salts, and especially the sodium salts, of the sulfuric monoesters of Clz-Cla fatty alcohols, examples being those of coconut fatty alcohol, tallow fatty alcohol, lauryl, myristyl, cetyl or stearyl alcohol, or of Clo_Czo 10 oxo alcohols, and those monoesters of secondary alcohols of these chain lengths. Preference is also given to alk(en)yl sulfates of said chain length which contain a synthetic straight-chain alkyl radical prepared on a petrochemical basis, these sulfates 15 possessing degradation properties similar to those of the corresponding compounds based on fatty-chemical raw materials. From a detergents standpoint, the Clz-Cls alkyl sulfates and Clz-Cls alkyl sulfates, and also C14-Cls alkyl sulfates, are preferred. In addition, 2, 3-20 alkyl sulfates, which may for example be prepared in accordance with US Patents 3,234,258 or 5,075,041 and obtained as commercial products from Shell Oil Company under the name DAN~, are suitable anionic surfactants.
25 Also suitable are the sulfuric monoesters of the straight-chain or branched C7_zl alcohols ethoxylated with from 1 to 6 mol of ethylene oxide, such as 2-methyl-branched C9_11 alcohols containing on average 3.5 mol of ethylene oxide (EO) or Clz-la fatty alcohols 30 containing from 1 to 4 EO. Because of their high foaming behavior they are used in cleaning products only in relatively small amounts, for example, in amounts of from 1 to 5% by weight.
35 Further suitable anionic surfactants include the salts of alkylsulfosuccinic acid, which are also referred to as sulfosuccinates or as sulfosuccinic esters and which constitute monoesters and/or diesters of sulfosuccinic ' 46 acid with alcohols, preferably fatty alcohols and especially ethoxylated fatty alcohols. Preferred sulfosuccinates comprise C8_18 fatty alcohol radicals or mixtures thereof. Especially preferred sulfosuccinates contain a fatty alcohol radical derived from ethoxylated fatty alcohols which themselves represent nonionic surfactants (for description, see below).
Particular preference is given in turn to sulfosuccinates whose fatty alcohol radicals are derived from ethoxylated fatty alcohols having a narrowed homolog distribution. Similarly, it is also possible to use alk(en)ylsuccinic acid containing preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms in the alk(en)yl chain, or salts thereof.
Further suitable anionic surfactants are, in particular, soaps. Suitable soaps include saturated fatty acid soaps, such as the salts of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, hydrogenated erucic acid and behenic acid, and, in particular, mixtures of soaps derived from natural fatty acids, e.g., coconut, palm kernel, or tallow fatty acids.
The anionic surfactants, including the soaps, may be present in the form of their sodium, potassium or ammonium salts and also as soluble salts of organic bases, such as mono-, di- or triethanolamine.
Preferably, the anionic surfactants are in the form of their sodium or potassium salts, in particular in the form of the sodium salts.
Nonionic surfactants used are preferably alkoxylated, advantageously ethoxylated, especially primary, alcohols having preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms and on average from 1 to 12 mol of ethylene oxide (EO) per mole of alcohol, in which the alcohol radical may be linear or, preferably, methyl-branched in position 2 ' 47 .and/or may comprise linear and methyl-branched radicals in a mixture, as are commonly present in oxo alcohol radicals. In particular, however, preference is given to alcohol ethoxylates containing linear radicals from alcohols of natural origin having 12 to 18 carbon atoms, e.g., from coconut, palm, tallow fatty or oleyl alcohol, and on average from 2 to 8 EO per mole of alcohol. Preferred ethoxylated alcohols include, for example, Clz-14 alcohols containing 3 EO or 4 EO, C9_11 alcohol containing 7 EO, Cla-is alcohols containing 3 EO, 5 EO, 7 EO or 8 EO, Clz-la alcohols containing 3 EO, 5 EO
or 7 EO, and mixtures thereof, such as mixtures of Clz-14 alcohol containing 3 EO and Clz-la alcohol containing 5 EO. The stated degrees of ethoxylation represent statistical mean values, which for a specific product may be an integer or a fraction. Preferred alcohol ethoxylates have a narrowed homolog distribution (narrow range ethoxylates, NREs). In addition to these nonionic surfactants it is also possible to use fatty alcohols containing more than 12 EO. Examples thereof are tallow fatty alcohol containing 14 EO, 25 EO, 30 EO
or 40 EO.
As further nonionic surfactants, furthermore, use may also be made of alkyl glycosides of the general formula RO(G)X, where R is a primary straight-chain or methyl-branched aliphatic radical, especially an aliphatic radical methyl-branched in position 2, containing 8 to 22, preferably 12 to 18, carbon atoms, and G is the symbol representing a glycose unit having 5 or 6 carbon atoms, preferably glucose. The degree of oligomerization, x, which indicates the distribution of monoglycosides and oligoglycosides, is any desired number between 1 and 10; preferably, x is from 1.2 to 1.4.
A further class of nonionic surfactants used with preference, which are used either as sole nonionic surfactant or in combination with other nonionic surfactants, are alkoxylated, preferably ethoxylated, or ethoxylated and propoxylated, fatty acid alkyl esters, preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, especially fatty acid methyl esters, as are described, for example, in Japanese Patent Application JP 58/217598, or those prepared preferably by the process described in International Patent Application WO-A-90/13533.
Nonionic surfactants of the amine oxide type, examples being N-cocoalkyl-N,N-dimethylamine oxide and N-tallowalkyl-N,N-dihydroxyethylamine oxide, and of the fatty acid alkanolamide type, may also be suitable. The amount of these nonionic surfactants is preferably not more than that of the ethoxylated fatty alcohols, in particular not more than half thereof.
Further suitable surfactants are polyhydroxy fatty acid amides of the formula (III), R-CO-N- [Z] (III) where RCO is an aliphatic acyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, R1 is hydrogen or an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and [Z] is a linear or branched polyhydroxyalkyl radical having 3 to 10 carbon atoms and from 3 to 10 hydroxyl groups. The polyhydroxy fatty acid amides are known substances which are customarily obtainable by reductive amination of a reducing sugar with ammonia, an alkylamine or an alkanolamine, and subsequent acylation with a fatty acid, a fatty acid alkyl ester or a fatty acid chloride.
The group of the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides also includes compounds of the formula (IV) R-CO-N- [Z] (IV) where R is a linear or branched alkyl or alkenyl radical having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, Rl is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl radical or an aryl radical having 2 to 8 carbon atoms and RZ is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl radical or an aryl radical or an oxyalkyl radical having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preference being given to C1_4 alkyl radicals or phenyl radicals, and [Z] is a linear polyhydroxyalkyl radical whose alkyl chain is substituted by at least two hydroxyl groups, or alkoxylated, preferably ethoxylated or propoxylated, derivatives of said radical.
[Z] is preferably obtained by reductive amination of a reduced sugar, e.g., glucose, fructose, maltose, lactose, galactose, mannose, or xylose. The N-alkoxy-or N-aryloxy-substituted compounds may then be converted to the desired polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, for example, in accordance with the teaching of International Patent Application WO-A-95/07331 by reaction with fatty acid methyl esters in the presence of an alkoxide as catalyst.
In the context of the present invention, preference is given to producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets comprising anionic and nonionic surfactant(s); performance advantages may result from certain proportions in which the individual classes of surfactant are used.
For example, particular preference is given to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets in which the ratio of anionic surfactants) to nonionic surfactants) is between 10:1 and 1:10, preferably 5 between 7.5:1 and 1:5, and in particular between 5:1 and 1:2. Also preferred are laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets comprising surfactant(s), preferably anionic and/or nonionic surfactant(s), in amounts of from 5 to 40% by weight, preferably from 7.5 10 to 35% by weight, with particular preference from 10 to 30% by weight, and in particular from 12.5 to 25% by weight, based in each case on the tablet weight.
From a performance standpoint it may be advantageous if 15 certain classes of surfactant are absent from some phases of the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets or from the tablet as a whole, i.e., from all phases. A further important embodiment of the present invention therefore envisages that at least one phase 20 of the tablets is free from nonionic surfactants.
Conversely, however, the presence of certain surfactants in individual phases or in the whole tablet, i.e., in all phases, may produce a positive 25 effect. The incorporation of the above-described alkyl polyglycosides has been found advantageous, and so preference is given to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets in which at least one phase of the tablets comprises alkyl polyglycosides.
Similarly to the case with the nonionic surfactants, the omission of anionic surfactants from certain phases or all phases may also result in laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets better suited to certain fields of application. In the context of the present invention, therefore, it is also possible to conceive of laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets in which at least one phase of the tablet is free from anionic surfactants.
As already mentioned, the use of surfactants in the case of cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing is preferably limited to the use of nonionic surfactants in small amounts. Laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets preferred for use as cleaning product tablets in the context of the present invention are those which have total surfactant contents of less than 5% by weight, preferably less than 4% by weight, with particular preference less than 3% by weight, and in particular less than 2% by weight, based in each case on their total weight. Surfactants used in machine dishwashing compositions are usually only low-foaming nonionic surfactants. Representatives from the groups of the anionic, cationic and amphoteric surfactants, in contrast, are of relatively little importance. V~lith particular preference, the cleaning product tablets produced according to the invention for machine dishwashing comprise nonionic surfactants, especially nonionic surfactants from the group of the alkoxylated alcohols. Preferred nonionic surfactants used are alkoxylated, advantageously ethoxylated, especially primary, alcohols having preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms and on average from 1 to 12 mol of ethylene oxide (EO) per mole of alcohol, in which the alcohol radical may be linear or, preferably, methyl-branched in position 2 and/or may contain a mixture of linear and methyl-branched radicals, as are customarily present in oxo alcohol radicals. Particular preference is given, however, to alcohol ethoxylates having linear radicals from alcohols of natural origin having 12 to 18 carbon atoms, e.g., from coconut, palm, tallow fatty 3 5 or oleyl alcohol , and having on average f rom 2 to 8 EO
per mole of alcohol. The preferred ethoxylated alcohols include, for example, C12-14 alcohols having 3 EO or 4 EO, C9_11 alcohol having 7 EO, Cla-is alcohols having 3 EO, 5 EO, 7 EO or 8 EO, Clz-le alcohols having 3 EO, EO or 7 EO, and mixtures of these, such as mixtures Of C12-14 alcohol having 3 EO and Clz-la alcohol having 5 EO. The stated degrees of ethoxylation are 5 statistical means; which for a specific product may be an integer or a fraction. Preferred alcohol ethoxylates have a narrowed homolog distribution (narrow range ethoxylates, NREs). In addition to these nonionic surfactants, fatty alcohols having more than 12 EO may also be used. Examples thereof are tallow fatty alcohol having 14 EO, 25 EO, 30 EO, or 40 EO.
Especially in connection with the production, in accordance with the invention, of laundry detergent tablets or cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing, it is preferred for the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets to comprise a nonionic surfactant having a melting point above room temperature. Accordingly, at least one of the deformable masses in the process of the invention preferably comprises a nonionic surfactant having a melting point above 20°C. Nonionic surfactants whose use is preferred have melting points above 25°C, nonionic surfactants whose use is particularly preferred have melting points of between 25 and 60°C, in particular between 26.6 and 43.3°C.
Suitable nonionic surfactants having melting or softening points within the stated temperature range are, for example, low-foaming nonionic surfactants which may be solid or highly viscous at room temperature. If nonionic surfactants which are highly viscous at room temperature are used, then it is preferred that they have a viscosity above 20 Pas, preferably above 35 Pas, and in particular above Pas. Also preferred are nonionic surfactants which possess a waxlike consistency at room temperature.
Preferred nonionic surfactants for use that are solid at room temperature originate from the groups of alkoxylated nonionic surfactants, especially the ethoxylated primary alcohols, and mixtures of these surfactants with surfactants of more complex construction such as polyoxypropylene/polyoxyethylene/
polyoxypropylene (PO/EO/PO) surfactants. Such (PO/EO/PO) nonionic surfactants are notable, furthermore, for good foam control.
In one preferred embodiment of the present invention, the nonionic surfactant having a melting point above room temperature is an ethoxylated nonionic surfactant originating from the reaction of a monohydroxy alkanol or alkylphenol having 6 to 20 carbon atoms with preferably at least 12 mol, with particular preference at least 15 mol, in particular at least 20 mol, of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol or alkylphenol, respectively.
A particularly preferred nonionic surfactant for use that is solid at room temperature is obtained from a straight-chain fatty alcohol having 16 to 20 carbon atoms (Cls-zo alcohol) , preferably a C18 alcohol, and at least 12 mol, preferably at least 15 mol, and in particular at least 20 mol of ethylene oxide. Of these, the so-called "narrow range ethoxylates" (see above) are particularly preferred.
The nonionic surfactant which is solid at room temperature preferably further possesses propylene oxide units in the molecule. Preferably, such PO units account for up to 25% by weight, with particular preference up to 20% by weight, and in particular up to 15% by weight, of the overall molar mass of the nonionic surfactant. Particularly preferred nonionic surfactants are ethoxylated monohydroxy alkanols or alkylphenols, which additionally comprise polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block copolymer units.
The alcohol or alkylphenol moiety of such nonionic surfactant molecules in this case makes up preferably more than 30% by weight, with particular preference more than 50% by weight, and in particular more than 70% by weight, of the overall molar mass of such nonionic surfactants.
Further nonionic surfactants whose use is particularly preferred, have melting points above room temperature, contain from 40 to 70% of a polyoxypropylene/
polyoxyethylene/polyoxypropylene block polymer blend which comprises 75% by weight of an inverted block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene containing 17 mol of ethylene oxide and 44 mol of propylene oxide and 25% by weight of a block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene, initiated with trimethylolpropane and containing 24 mol of ethylene oxide and 99 mol of propylene oxide per mole of trimethylolpropane.
Nonionic surfactants which may be used with particular preference are, for example, obtainable under the name Poly Tergent~ SLF-18 from the company Olin Chemicals.
A further preferred surfactant may be described by the formula R10 [CHzCH (CH3) O] X [CHZCH20] y [CHZCH (OH) RZ]
in which R1 is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof, RZ is a linear or branched hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 26 carbon atoms, or mixtures thereof, and x is between 0.5 and 1.5, and y is at least 15.
Further nonionic surfactants which may be used with preference are the endgroup-capped poly(oxyalkylated) nonionic surfactants of the formula 5 R10 [CHZCH (R3) O] X [CHz] kCH (OH) [CHZ] ~OR2 in which R1 and R2 are linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, R3 is H or a methyl, 10 ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl or 2-methyl -2 -butyl radical , x i s between 1 and 3 0 , k and j are between 1 and 12, preferably between 1 and 5. Where x >_ 2, each R3 in the above formula may be different. R1 and R2 are preferably linear or branched, saturated or 15 unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, radicals having 8 to 18 carbon atoms being particularly preferred. For the radical R3, H, -CH3 or -CHzCH3 are particularly preferred. Particularly preferred values for x lie 20 within the range from 1 to 20, in particular from 6 to 15.
As described above, each R3 in the above formula may be different if x >_ 2. By this means it is possible to 25 vary the alkylene oxide unit in the square brackets. If x, for example, is 3, the radical R3 may be selected in order to form ethylene oxide (R3 - H), or propylene oxide (R3 - CH3) units, which may be added on to one another in any sequence, examples being (EO)(PO)(EO), 30 (EO) (EO) (PO) , (EO) (EO) (EO) , (PO) (EO) (PO) , (PO) (PO) (EO) and (PO) (PO) (PO) . The value of 3 for x has been chosen by way of example in this case and it is entirely possible for it to be larger, the scope for variation increasing as the values of x go up and embracing, for 35 example, a large number of (EO) groups, combined with a small number of (PO) groups, or vice versa.
Particularly preferred endgroup-capped poly(oxy-alkylated) alcohols of the above formula have values of k = 1 and j - 1, thereby simplifying the above formula to R10 [CHzCH (R3) O] XCHZCH (OH) CH20R2 .
In the last-mentioned formula, Rl, RZ and R3 are as defined above and x stands for numbers from 1 to 30, preferably from 1 to 20, and in particular from 6 to 18. Particular preference is given to surfactants wherein the radicals R1 and R2 have 9 to 14 carbon atoms, R3 is H, and x adopts values from 6 to 15.
The remarks above refer in part to the process end products, which - as mentioned earlier on - may also be in the form of two-, three- or four-phase configurations. Based on the individual mass for processing, which comprises surfactant(s), preference in connection with the production of cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing is given to processes wherein the deformable masses) has (have) total surfactant contents of less than 5~ by weight, preferably less than 4~ by weight, with particular preference less than 3~ by weight, and in particular less than 2% by weight, based in each case on the mass.
In addition to the abovementioned constituents, builder and surfactant, the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets of the invention may comprise further customary laundry detergent and cleaning product ingredients from the group consisting of bleaches, bleach activators, disintegration aids, dyes, fragrances, optical brighteners, enzymes, foam inhibitors, silicone oils, antiredeposition agents, graying inhibitors, color transfer inhibitors, and corrosion inhibitors. These substances may be used in all of the masses for processing, although it is also possible to make use of advantageous properties by virtue of the separation of certain ingredients.
In order to facilitate the disintegration of highly compacted tablets, it is possible to incorporate disintegration aids, known as tablet disintegrants, into the tablets in order to reduce the disintegration times. These substances are suitable, for example, for accelerating the release of individual tablet regions relative to other regions. In the process of the invention, this may be realized in that only one of the masses for processing comprises such substances, or in that two or more masses comprise such substances in different amounts. Tablet disintegrants, or disintegration accelerators, are understood in accordance with Rompp (9th Edition, Vol. 6, p. 4440) and Voigt "Lehrbuch der pharmazeutischen Technologie"
[Textbook of pharmaceutical technology] (6th Edition, 1987, pp. 182-184) to be auxiliaries which ensure the rapid disintegration of tablets in water or gastric fluid and the release of the drugs in absorbable form.
These substances increase in volume on ingress of water, with on the one hand an increase in the intrinsic volume (swelling) and on the other hand, by way of the release of gases as well, the possiblity of generating a pressure which causes the tablets to disintegrate into smaller particles. Examples of established disintegration aids are carbonate/citric acid systems, with the use of other organic acids also being possible. Examples of swelling disintegration aids are synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) or natural polymers and/or modified natural substances such as cellulose and starch and their derivatives, alginates, or casein derivatives.
Preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets contain from 0.5 to 10% by weight, preferably from 3 to 7% by weight, and in particular from 4 to 6%
by weight, of one or more disintegration aids, based in each case on the tablet weight. If only one mass comprises disintegration aids, then these figures are based only on the weight of that mass.
Preferred disintegrants used in the context of the present invention are cellulose-based disintegrants and so preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets comprise a cellulose-based disintegrant of this kind in amounts from 0.5 to 10% by weight, preferably from 3 to 7% by weight, and in particular from 4 to 6%
by weight. Pure cellulose has the formal empirical composition (C6HloOs) n and, considered formally, is a ~i-1,4-polyacetal of cellobiose, which itself is constructed of two molecules of glucose. Suitable celluloses consist of from about 500 to 5000 glucose units and, accordingly, have average molecular masses of from 50,000 to 500,000. Cellulose-based disintegrants which can be used also include, in the context of the present invention, cellulose derivatives obtainable by polymer-analogous reactions from cellulose. Such chemically modified celluloses include, for example, products of esterifications and etherifications in which hydroxy hydrogen atoms have been substituted. However, celluloses in which the hydroxy groups have been replaced by functional groups not attached by an oxygen atom may also be used as cellulose derivatives. The group of the cellulose derivatives embraces, for example, alkali metal celluloses, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), cellulose esters and cellulose ethers and aminocelluloses. Said cellulose derivatives are preferably not used alone as cellulose-based disintegrants but instead are used in a mixture with cellulose. The cellulose derivative content of these mixtures is preferably less than 50%
by weight, with particular preference less than 20% by weight, based on the cellulose-based disintegrant. The particularly preferred cellulose-based disintegrant used is pure cellulose, free from cellulose derivatives.
The cellulose used as disintegration aid is preferably not used in finely divided form but instead is converted into a coarser form, for example, by granulation or compaction, before being admixed to the premixes intended for compression. Laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets comprising disintegrants in granular or optionally cogranulated form are described in German Patent Applications DE 197 09 991 (Stefan Herzog) and DE 197 10 254 (Henkel) and in International Patent Application W098/40463 (Henkel). These documents also provide further details on the production of granulated, compacted or cogranulated cellulose disintegrants. The particle sizes of such disintegrants are usually above 200 Vim, preferably between 300 and 1600 ~m to the extent of at least 90~, and in particular between 400 and 1200 ~m to the extent of at least 90~. The abovementioned, relatively coarse disintegration aids, and those described in more detail in the cited documents, are preferred for use as disintegration aids in the context of the present invention and are available commercially, for example, under the designation Arbocel~ TF-30-HG from the company Rettenmaier.
As a further cellulose-based disintegrant or as a constituent of this component it is possible to use microcrystalline cellulose. This microcrystalline cellulose is obtained by partial hydrolysis of celluloses under conditions which attack only the amorphous regions (approximately 30% of the total cellulose mass) of the celluloses and break them up completely but leave the crystalline regions (approximately 70%) intact. Subsequent deaggregation of the microfine celluloses resulting from the hydrolysis yields the microcrystalline celluloses, which have 5 primary particle sizes of approximately 5 ~m and can be compacted, for example, to granules having an average particle size of 200 Vim.
Laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets which 10 are preferred in the context of the present invention further comprise a disintegration aid, preferably a cellulose-based disintegration aid, preferably in granular, cogranulated or compacted form, in amounts of from 0.5 to 10% by weight, preferably from 3 to 7% by 15 weight, and in particular from 4 to 6% by weight, based in each case on the tablet weight.
The laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets of the invention may further comprise, incorporated into 20 one or more of the masses for processing; a gas-evolving effervescent system. Said gas-evolving effervescent system may consist of a single substance which on contact with water releases a gas. Among these compounds mention may be made, in particular, of 25 magnesium peroxide, which on contact with water releases oxygen. Normally, however, the gas-releasing effervescent system consists in its turn of at least two constituents which react with one another and, in so doing, form gas. Although a multitude of systems 30 which release, for example, nitrogen, oxygen or hydrogen are conceivable and implementable here, the effervescent system used in the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets of the invention will be selectable on the basis of both economic and 35 environmental considerations. Preferred effervescent systems consist of alkali metal carbonate and/or alkali metal hydrogen carbonate and of an acidifier apt to release carbon dioxide from the alkali metal salts in aqueous solution.
Among the alkali metal carbonates and/or alkali metal hydrogen carbonates, the sodium and potassium salts are much preferred over the other salts on grounds of cost.
It is of course not mandatory to use the single alkali metal carbonates or alkali metal hydrogen carbonates in question; rather, mixtures of different carbonates and hydrogen carbonates may be preferred from the standpoint of wash technology.
In preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, the effervescent system used comprises from 2 to 20% by weight, preferably from 3 to 15% by weight, and in particular from 5 to 10% by weight, of an alkali metal carbonate or alkali metal hydrogen carbonate, and from 1 to 15, preferably from 2 to 12, and in particular from 3 to 10, % by weight of an acidifier, based in each case on the total tablet. The amount of said substances in individual masses may very well be higher.
As examples of acidifiers which release carbon dioxide from the alkali metal salts in aqueous solution it is possible to use boric acid and also alkali metal hydrogen sulfates, alkali metal hydrogen phosphates, and other inorganic salts. Preference is given, however, to the use of organic acidifiers, with citric acid being a particularly preferred acidifier. However, it is also possible, in particular, to use the other solid mono-, oligo- and polycarboxylic acids. Preferred among this group, in turn, are tartaric acid, succinic acid, malonic acid, adipic acid, malefic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, and polyacrylic acid. Organic sulfonic acids such as amidosulfonic acid may likewise be used. A commercially available acidifier which is likewise preferred for use in the context of the present invention is Sokalan~ DCS (trademark of BASF), a mixture of succinic acid (max. 31~ by weight), glutaric acid (max. 50~ by weight), and adipic acid (max. 33~ by weight).
In the context of the present invention, preference is given to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets where the acidifier used in the effervescent system comprises a substance from the group of the organic di-, tri- and oligocarboxylic acids, and mixtures thereof .
In processes which are preferred in the context of the present invention, at least one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches from the group of the oxygen or halogen bleaches, especially the chlorine bleaches, with particular preference to sodium perborate and sodium percarbonate, in amounts of from 2 to 25~ by weight, preferably from 5 to 20~ by weight, and in particular from 10 to 15~ by weight, based in each case on the mass. These substances are described below.
Among the compounds used as bleaches which yield H202 in water, particular importance is possessed by sodium percarbonate. This "sodium percarbonate" is a term used unspecifically for sodium carbonate peroxohydrates, which strictly speaking are not "percarbonates" (i.e., salts of percarbonic acid) but rather hydrogen peroxide adducts onto sodium carbonate. The commercial product has the average composition 2 Na2C03 ~ 3 H202 and is thus not a peroxycarbonate. Sodium percarbonate forms a white, water soluble powder of density 2.14 g cm-3 which breaks down readily into sodium carbonate and oxygen having a bleaching or oxidizing action.
Sodium carbonate peroxohydrate was first obtained in 1899 by precipitation with ethanol from a solution of sodium carbonate in hydrogen peroxide, but was mistakenly regarded as a peroxycarbonate. Only in 1909 was the compound recognized as the hydrogen peroxide addition compound; nevertheless, the historical name (sodium percarbonate) has persisted in the art.
Industrially, sodium percarbonate is produced predominantly by precipitation from aqueous solution (known as the wet process). In this process, aqueous solutions of sodium carbonate and hydrogen peroxide are combined and the sodium percarbonate is precipitated by means of salting agents (predominantly sodium chloride), crystallizing aids (for example poly-phosphates, polyacrylates), and stabilizers (for example, Mg2+ ions). The precipitated salt, which still contains from 5 to 12% by weight of the mother liquor, is subsequently centrifuged and dried in fluidized-bed driers at 90°C. The bulk density of the finished product may vary between 800 and 1200 g/1 according to the production process. Generally, the percarbonate is stabilized by an additional coating. Coating processes, and substances used for the coating, are amply described in the patent literature. Fundamentally, it is possible in accordance with the invention to use all commercially customary percarbonate types, as supplied, for example, by the companies Solway Interox, Degussa, Kemira or Akzo.
Further bleaches which may be used are, for example, sodium perborate tetrahydrate and sodium perborate monohydrate, peroxypyrophosphates, citrate perhydrates, and Hz02-donating peracidic salts or peracids, such as perbenzoates, peroxophthalates, diperazelaic acid, phthaloimino peracid or diperdodecanedioic acid. With the use of the bleaches, as well, it is possible to refrain from the use of surfactants and/or builders, thereby making it possible to produce straight bleach tablets. If such tablets are to be used for bleaching textile laundry, preference is given to a combination of sodium percarbonate with sodium sesquicarbonate, irrespective of what other ingredients are present in the tablets. If cleaning product tablets or bleach tablets for machine dishwashing are being produced, then the bleaches used may also comprise bleaches from the group of organic bleaches. Typical organic bleaches are the diacyl peroxides, such as dibenzoyl peroxide, for example. Further typical organic bleaches are the peroxy acids, particular examples being the alkyl peroxy acids and the aryl peroxy acids. Preferred representatives are (a) peroxybenzoic acid and its ring-substituted derivatives, such as alkylperoxy-benzoic acids, and also peroxy-a-naphthoic acid and magnesium monoperphthalate, (b) aliphatic or substituted aliphatic peroxy acids, such as peroxylauric acid, peroxystearic acid, E-phthalimido-peroxy caproic acid [phthaloiminoperoxyhexanoic acid (PAP)], o-carboxybenzamidoperoxycaproic acid, N-nonenylamidoperadipic acid and N-nonenylamido-persuccinates, and (c) aliphatic and araliphatic peroxy dicarboxylic acids, such as 1,12-diperoxydecane-dicarboxylic acid, 1,9-diperoxyazelaic acid, diperoxy-sebacic acid, diperoxybrassylic acid, the diperoxy-phthalic acids, 2-decyldiperoxybutane-1,4-dioic acid and N,N-terephthaloyldi(6-aminopercaproic acid) may be used.
Bleaches in tablets for machine dishwashing may also be substances which release chlorine or bromine. Among suitable chlorine- or bromine-releasing materials, examples include heterocyclic N-bromoamides and N-chloroamides, examples being trichloroisocyanuric acid, tribromoisocyanuric acid, dibromoisocyanuric acid and/or dichloroisocyanuric acid (DICA) and/or salts thereof with cations such as potassium and sodium.
Hydantoin compounds, such as 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, are likewise suitable.
In processes which are further preferred in accordance with the invention, at least one of the deformable masses comprises bleach activators from the groups of polyacylated alkylenediamines, especially tetraacetyl-5 ethylenediamine (TAED), N-acyl imides, especially N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, especially n-nonanoyl- or isononanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS) and N-methylmorpholiniumacetonitrile methyl sulfate (MMA), in 10 amounts of from 0.25 to 15% by weight, preferably from 0.5 to 10% by weight, and in particular from 1 to 5% by weight, based in each case on the mass. These substances too are described below.
15 In order to achieve an improved bleaching effect when washing or cleaning at temperatures of 60°C and below, it is possible to incorporate bleach activators. Bleach activators, which boost the action of the bleaches, are for example, compounds containing one or more N-acyl 20 and/or O-acyl groups, such as substances from the class of the anhydrides, esters, imides and acylated imidazoles or oximes. Examples are tetraacetyl-ethylenediamine (TAED), tetraacetylmethylene-diamine (TAMD), and tetraacetylhexylenediamine (TAHD), and also 25 pentaacetylglucose (PAG), 1,5-diacetyl-2,2-dioxohexahydro-1,3,5-triazine (DADHT), and isatoic anhydride ( ISA) .
Bleach activators which may be used are compounds which 30 under perhydrolysis conditions give rise to aliphatic peroxo carboxylic acids having preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, in particular 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and/or substituted or unsubstituted perbenzoic acid. Suitable substances are those which carry O-acyl and/or N-acyl 35 groups of the stated number of carbon atoms, and/or substituted or unsubstituted benzoyl groups. Preference is given to polyacylated alkylenediamines, especially tetraacetylethylenediamine (TAED), acylated triazine derivatives, especially 1,5-diacetyl-2,4-dioxohexa-hydro-1,3,5-triazine (DADHT), acylated glycolurils, especially tetraacetylglycoluril (TAGU), N-acyl imides, especially N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, especially n-nonanoyl- or iso-nonanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS), carboxylic anhydrides, especially phthalic anhydride, acylated polyhydric alcohols, especially triacetin, ethylene glycol diacetate, 2,5-diacetoxy-2,5-dihydro-furan, N-methylmorpholiniumacetonitrile methyl sulfate (MMA), and the enol esters known from German Patent Applications DE 196 16 693 and DE 196 16 767, and also acetylated sorbitol and mannitol and/or mixtures thereof (SORMAN), acylated sugar derivatives, especially pentaacetylglucose (PAG), pentaacetyl-fructose, tetraacetylxylose and octaacetyllactose, and acetylated, optionally N-alkylated glucamine and gluconolactone, and/or N-acylated lactams, for example, N-benzoylcaprolactam. Hydrophilically substituted acylacetals and acyllactams are likewise used with preference. Combinations of conventional bleach activators may also be used.
In addition to the conventional bleach activators, or instead of them, it is also possible to incorporate what are known as bleaching catalysts into the rinse aid particles. These substances are bleach-boosting transition metal salts or transition metal complexes such as, for example, Mn-, Fe-, Co-, Ru- or Mo-salen complexes or -carbonyl complexes. Other bleaching catalysts which can be used include Mn, Fe, Co, Ru, Mo, Ti, V and Cu complexes with N-containing tripod ligands, and also Co-, Fe-, Cu- and Ru-ammine complexes.
Preference is given to the use of bleach activators from the group of polyacylated alkylenediamines, especially tetraacetylethylenediamine (TAED), N-acyl imides, especially N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, especially n-nonanoyl- or isononanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS), N-methylmorpholiniumacetonitrile methyl sulfate (MMA), preferably in amounts of up to 10% by weight, in particular from 0.1% by weight to 8% by weight, more particularly from 2 to 8% by weight, and with particular preference from 2 to 6% by weight, based on the overall composition.
Bleach-boosting transition metal complexes, especially those with the central atoms Mn, Fe, Co, Cu, Mo, V, Ti and/or Ru, preferably selected from the group of manganese and/or cobalt salts and/or complexes, with particular preference from cobalt ammine complexes, cobalt acetato complexes, cobalt carbonyl complexes, the chlorides of cobalt or manganese, and manganese sulfate, are used in customary amounts, preferably in an amount of up to 5% by weight, in particular from 0.0025% by weight to 1% by weight, and with particular preference from 0.01% by weight to 0.25% by weight, based in each case on the overall composition. In specific cases, however, it is also possible to use a greater amount of bleach activator.
Owing to their oxidizing action it is advantageous to separate the bleaches from other ingredients, this purpose being suitably met in particular by processes of the invention for producing multiphase tablets.
Processes wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises bleach activators are preferred.
A further preferred process is one wherein at least one of the deformable masses comprises silver protectants from the group of the triazoles, benzotriazoles, bisbenzotriazoles, aminotriazoles, alkylaminotriazoles and the transition metal salts or transition metal complexes, with particular preference benzotriazole and/or alkylaminotriazole, in amounts of from 0.01 to 5~ by weight, preferably from 0.05 to 4~ by weight, and in particular from 0.5 to 3~ by weight, based in each case on the mass.
Said corrosion inhibitors may likewise be incorporated into the masses for processing in order to protect the ware or the machine, with special importance in the field of machine dishwashing being possessed, in particular, by silver protectants. The known substances of the prior art may be used. In general it is possible to use, in particular, silver protectants selected from the group consisting of triazoles, benzotriazoles, bisbenzotriazoles, aminotriazoles, alkylaminotriazoles, and transition metal salts or transition metal complexes. Particular preference is given to the use of benzotriazole and/or alkylaminotriazole. Frequently encountered in cleaning formulations, furthermore, are agent's containing active chlorine, which may significantly reduce corrosion of the silver surface.
In chlorine-free cleaners, use is made in particular of oxygen-containing and nitrogen-containing organic redox-active compounds, such as divalent and trivalent phenols, e.g. hydroquinone, pyrocatechol, hydroxyhydroquinone, gallic acid, phloroglucinol, pyrogallol, and derivatives of these classes of compound. Inorganic compounds in the form of salts and complexes, such as salts of the metals Mn, Ti, Zr, Hf, V, Co and Ce, also find frequent application.
Preference is given in this context to the transition metal salts selected from the group consisting of manganese and/or cobalt salts and/or complexes, with particular preference cobalt ammine complexes, cobalt acetato complexes, cobalt carbonyl complexes, the chlorides of cobalt or of manganese and manganese sulfate. Similarly, zinc compounds may be used to prevent corrosion on the ware.
If corrosion inhibitors are used in multiphase tablets, it is preferred to separate them from the bleaches.
Accordingly, processes wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises corrosion inhibitors are preferred.
The separation of the bleaches from other ingredients may also be advantageous. Process of the invention wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises enzymes are likewise preferred. Suitable enzymes include in particular those from the classes of the hydrolases such as the proteases, esterases, lipases or lipolytic enzymes, amylases, cellulases or other glycosyl hydrolases, and mixtures of said enzymes. In the laundry, all of these hydrolases contribute to removing stains, such as proteinaceous, fatty or starchy marks and graying. Cellulases and other glycosyl hydrolases may, furthermore, contribute, by removing pilling and microfibrils, to the retention of color and to an increase in the softness of the textile. For bleaching, and/or for inhibiting color transfer it is also possible to use oxidoreductases. Especially suitable enzymatic active substances are those obtained from bacterial strains or fungi such as Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus licheniformis, Streptomyces griseus, Coprinus cinereus and Humicola insolens, and also from genetically modified variants thereof. Preference is given to the use of proteases of the subtilisin type, and especially to proteases obtained from Bacillus lentus. Of particular interest in this context are enzyme mixtures, examples being those of protease and amylase or protease and lipase or lipolytic enzymes, or protease and cellulase or of cellulase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes of protease, amylase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes, or protease, lipase or lipolytic enzymes and cellulase, but especially protease and/or lipase-containing mixtures or mixtures with lipolytic enzymes. Examples of such lipolytic enzymes are the known cutinases. Peroxidases or oxidases have also proven suitable in some cases. The suitable amylases 5 include, in particular, alpha-amylases, iso-amylases, pullulanases, and pectinases. Cellulases used are preferably cellobiohydrolases, endoglucanases and endoglucosidases, which are also called cellobiases, and mixtures thereof. Because different types of 10 cellulase differ in their CMCase and Avicelase activities, specific mixtures of the cellulases may be used to establish the desired activities.
In cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing, 15 naturally, different enzymes are used in order to take account of the different substrates treated and different types of soiling. Suitable enzymes here include in particular those from the classes of the hydrolases such as the proteases, esterases, lipases or 20 lipolytic enzymes, amylases, glycosyl hydrolases, and mixtures of said enzymes. All of these hydrolases contribute to removing stains, such as proteinaceous, fatty or starchy marks. For bleaching, it is also possible to use oxidoreductases. Especially suitable 25 enzymatic active substances are those obtained from bacterial strains or fungi such as Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus licheniformis, Streptomyces griseus, Coprinus cinereus and Humicola insolens, and also from genetically modified variants thereof. Preference is 30 given to the use of proteases of the subtilisin type, and especially to proteases obtained from Bacillus lentus. Of particular interest in this context are enzyme mixtures, examples being those of protease and amylase or protease and lipase or lipolytic enzymes, or 35 of protease, amylase and lipase or lipolytic enzymes, or protease, lipase or lipolytic enzymes, but especially protease and/or lipase-containing mixtures or mixtures with lipolytic enzymes. Examples of such lipolytic enzymes are the known cutinases. Peroxidases or oxidases have also proven suitable in some cases.
The suitable amylases include, in particular, alpha-amylases, iso-amylases, pullulanases, and pectinases.
The enzymes may be adsorbed on carrier substances or embedded in sheathing substances in order to protect them against premature decomposition. The proportion of the enzymes, enzyme mixtures or enzyme granules may be, for example, from about 0.1 to 5~ by weight, preferably from 0.5 to about 4.5~s by weight, based in each case on the mass (es) .
Irrespective of the intended application of the tablets produced in accordance with the invention (for example, laundry detergent tablets or cleaning product tablets), preference is given to processes wherein one of the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures comprises enzymes.
Enzyme-containing masses of this kind are preferably processed in multistrand processes; i.e., in addition to a material strand comprising enzymes, there exists at least one further strand which is preferably free from enzymes. Here, particular preference is given to processes wherein the enzyme-containing material strand is enveloped by an enzyme-free material.
Separation of the bleaches from the surfactants described earlier on above may also be advantageous, so that preferred processes are those wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises surfactants, preferably nonionic surfactants, with particular preference alkoxylated alcohols having 10 to 24 carbon atoms and from 1 to 5 alkylene oxide units.
Further ingredients which may, in the context of the process of the invention, be part of one or more masses are, for example, cobuilders (see above), dyes, optical brighteners, fragrances, soil release compounds, soil repellents, antioxidants, fluorescence agents, foam inhibitors, silicone fluids and/or liquid paraffins, color transfer inhibitors, graying inhibitors, detergency boosters, etc. These substances are described below.
Organic builder substances which may be used are, for example, the polycarboxylic acids, usable in the form of their sodium salts, the term polycarboxylic acids meaning those carboxylic acids which carry more than one acid function. Examples of these are citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, malefic acid, fumaric acid, sugar acids, amino carboxylic acids, nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA), provided such use is not objectionable on ecological grounds, and also mixtures thereof. Preferred salts are the salts of the polycarboxylic acids such as citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, tartaric acid, sugar acids, and mixtures thereof.
The acids per se may also be used. In addition to their builder effect, the acids typically also possess the property of an acidifying component and thus also serve to establish a lower and milder pH of laundry detergents or cleaning products. In this context, mention may be made in particular of citric acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, gluconic acid, and any desired mixtures thereof.
Also suitable as builders are polymeric poly-carboxylates; these are, for example, the alkali metal salts of polyacrylic acid or of polymethacrylic acid, examples being those having a relative molecular mass of from 500 to 70,000 g/mol.
The molecular masses reported for polymeric poly-carboxylates, for the purposes of this document, are weight-average molecular masses, MW, of the respective acid form, determined basically by means of gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using a W detector.
The measurement was made against an external polyacrylic acid standard, which owing to its structural similarity to the polymers under investigation provides realistic molecular weight values. These figures differ markedly from the molecular weight values obtained using poly-styrenesulfonic acids as the standard. The molecular masses measured against polystyrenesulfonic acids are generally much higher than the molecular masses reported in this document.
Suitable polymers are, in particular, polyacrylates, which preferably have a molecular mass of from 2000 to 20,000 g/mol. Owing to their superior solubility, preference in this group may be given in turn to the short-chain polyacrylates, which have molecular masses of from 2000 to 10,000 g/mol, and with particular preference from 3000 to 5000 g/mol.
Also suitable are copolymeric polycarboxylates, especially those of acrylic acid with methacrylic acid and of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid with malefic acid. Copolymers which have been found particularly suitable are those of acrylic acid with malefic acid which contain from 50 to 90~ by weight acrylic acid and from 50 to 10~ by weight malefic acid. Their relative molecular mass, based on free acids, is generally from 2000 to 70,000 g/mol, preferably from 20,000 to 50,000 g/mol, and in particular from 30,000 to 40,000 g/mol.
The (co)polymeric polycarboxylates can be used either as powders or as aqueous solutions. The (co)polymeric polycarboxylate content of the compositions is preferably from 0.5 to 20~ by weight, in particular from 3 to 10~ by weight.
In order to improve the solubility in water, the polymers may also contain allylsulfonic acids, such as allyloxybenzenesulfonic acid and methallylsulfonic acid, for example, as monomers.
Particular preference is also given to biodegradable polymers comprising more than two different monomer units, examples being those comprising, as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and of malefic acid, and also vinyl alcohol or vinyl alcohol derivatives, or those comprising, as monomers, salts of acrylic acid and of 2-alkylallylsulfonic acid, and also sugar derivatives.
Further preferred copolymers are those described in German Patent Applications DE-A-43 03 320 and DE-A-44 17 734, whose monomers are preferably acrolein and acrylic acid/acrylic acid salts, and, respectively, acrolein and vinyl acetate.
Similarly, further preferred builder substances that may be mentioned include polymeric amino dicarboxylic acids, their salts or their precursor substances.
Particular preference is given to polyaspartic acids and their salts and derivatives, which are disclosed in German Patent Application DE-A-195 40 086 to have not only cobuilder properties but also a bleach-stabilizing action.
Further suitable builder substances are polyacetals, which may be obtained by reacting dialdehydes with polyol carboxylic acids having 5 to 7 carbon atoms and at least 3 hydroxyl groups. Preferred polyacetals are obtained from dialdehydes such as glyoxal, glutaraldehyde, terephthalaldehyde and mixtures thereof and from polyol carboxylic acids such as gluconic acid and/or glucoheptonic acid.
Further suitable organic builder substances are dextrins, examples being oligomers and polymers of carbohydrates, which may be obtained by partial hydrolysis of starches. The hydrolysis can be conducted 10 by customary processes; for example, acid-catalyzed or enzyme-catalyzed processes. The hydrolysis products preferably have average molecular masses in the range from 400 to 500,000 g/mol. Preference is given here to a polysaccharide having a dextrose equivalent (DE) in 15 the range from 0.5 to 40, in particular from 2 to 30, DE being a common measure of the reducing effect of a polysaccharide in comparison to dextrose, which possesses a DE of 100. It is possible to use both maltodextrins having a DE of between 3 and 20 and dried 20 glucose syrups having a DE of between 20 and 37, and also so-called yellow dextrins and white dextrins having higher molecular masses, in the range from 2000 to 30,000 g/mol.
25 The oxidized derivatives of such dextrins comprise their products of reaction with oxidizing agents which are able to oxidize at least one alcohol function of the saccharide ring to the carboxylic acid function.
Oxidized dextrins of this kind, and processes for 30 preparing them, are known, for example, from European Patent Applications EP-A-0 232 202, EP-A-0 427 349, EP-A-0 472 042 and EP-A-0 542 496 and from International Patent Applications ~n10 92/18542, WO
93/08251, H10 93/16110, WO 94/28030, WO 95/07303, WO
35 95/12619 and WO 95/20608. Likewise suitable is an oxidized oligosaccharide in accordance with German Patent Application DE-A-196 00 018. A product oxidized at C6 of the saccharide ring may be particularly advantageous.
Oxydisuccinates and other derivatives of disuccinates, preferably ethylenediamine disuccinate, are further suitable cobuilders. Ethylenediamine N,N'-disuccinate (EDDS) is used preferably in the form of its sodium or magnesium salts. Further preference in this context is given to glycerol disuccinates and glycerol trisuccinates as well. Suitable use amounts in formulations containing zeolite and/or silicate are from 3 to 15~ by weight.
Examples of further useful organic cobuilders are acetylated hydroxy carboxylic acids and their salts, which may also be present in lactone form and which contain at least 4 carbon atoms, at least one hydroxyl group, and not more than two acid groups. Such cobuilders are described, for example, in International Patent Application WO 95/20029.
A further class of substance having cobuilder properties is represented by the phosphonates. The phosphonates in question are, in particular, hydroxyalkane- and aminoalkanephosphonates. Among the hydroxyalkanephosphonates, 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphos-phonate (HEDP) is of particular importance as a cobuilder. It is used preferably as the sodium salt, the disodium salt being neutral and the tetrasodium salt giving an alkaline (pH 9) reaction. Suitable aminoalkanephosphonates are preferably ethylenediamine-tetramethylenephosphonate (EDTMP), diethylenetriamine-pentamethylenephosphonate (DTPMP), and their higher homologs. They are used preferably in the form of the neutrally reacting sodium salts, e.g., as the hexasodium salt of EDTMP or as the hepta- and octa-sodium salt of DTPMP. As a builder in this case, preference is given to using HEDP from the class of the phosphonates. Furthermore, the aminoalkanephosphonates possess a pronounced heavy metal binding capacity.
Accordingly, and especially if the compositions also contain bleach, it may be preferred to use aminoalkanephosphonates, especially DTPMP, or to use mixtures of said phosphonates.
Furthermore, all compounds capable of forming complexes with alkaline earth metal ions may be used as cobuilders.
In order to enhance the esthetic appeal of the detergent tablets of the invention, they may in whole or in part be colored with appropriate dyes. Particular optical effects may be achieved if, where tablets are produced from two or more masses, the masses for processing are differently colored. Preferred dyes, whose selection presents no difficulty whatsoever to the skilled worker, possess a high level of storage stability and insensitivity to the other ingredients of the compositions and to light and possess no pronounced affinity for the substrates treated, such as textile fibers or parts of kitchen- or tableware, so as not to stain them.
Preference for use in the laundry detergent tablets of the invention is given to all colorants which can be oxidatively destroyed in the wash process, and to mixtures thereof with suitable blue dyes, known as bluing agents. It has proven advantageous to use colorants which are soluble in water or at room temperature in liquid organic substances. Examples of suitable colorants are anionic colorants, e.g., anionic nitroso dyes. One possible colorant is, for example, naphthol green (Colour Index (CI) Part 1: Acid Green 1;
Part 2: 10020) which as a commercial product is obtainable, for example, as Basacid° Green 970 from BASF, Ludwigshafen, and also mixtures thereof with suitable blue dyes. Further suitable colorants include Pigmosol~ Blue 6900 (CI 74160), Pigmosol~ Green 8730 (CI 74260), Basonyl~ Red 545 FL (CI 45170), Sandolan°
Rhodamin EB400 (CI 45100), Basacid~ Yellow 094 (CI
47005), Sicovit~ Patent Blue 85 E 131 (CI 42051), Acid Blue 183 (CAS 12217-22-0, CI Acid Blue 183), Pigment Blue 15 (CI 74160), Supranol~ Blue GLW (CAS 12219-32-8, CI Acid Blue 221), Nylosan~ Yellow N-7GL SGR (CAS
61814-57-1, CI Acid Yellow 218) and/or Sandolan° Blue (CI Acid Blue 182, CAS 12219-26-0).
In the context of the choice of colorant it must be ensured that the colorants do not have too great an affinity for the textile surfaces, and especially for synthetic fibers. At the same time, it should also be borne in mind in choosing appropriate colorants that colorants possess different stabilities with respect to oxidation. The general rule is that water-insoluble colorants are more stable to oxidation than water-soluble colorants. Depending on the solubility and hence also on the oxidation sensitivity, the concentration of the colorant in the laundry detergents and cleaning products varies. With readily water-soluble colorants, e.g., the abovementioned Basacid°
Green, or the likewise abovementioned Sandolan° Blue, color concentrations chosen are typically in the range from a few 10-z to 10-3~s by weight. In the case of the pigment dyes, which are particularly preferred for reason of their brightness but are less readily soluble in water, examples being the abovementioned Pigmosol°
dyes, the appropriate concentration of the colorant in laundry detergents or cleaning products, in contrast, is typically from a few 10-3 to 10-4~ by weight .
The laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets produced by the process of the invention may comprise one or more optical brighteners. These substances, which are also called "whiteners", are used in modern laundry detergents because even freshly washed and bleached white laundry has a slight yellow cast.
Optical brighteners are organic dyes which convert a part of the invisible W radiation of sunlight into longer-wave blue light. The emission of this blue light fills the "gap" in the light reflected by the textile, so that a textile treated with optical brightener appears whiter and lighter to the eye. Since the mechanism of action of brighteners necessitates that they go onto the fibers, a distinction is made in accordance with the fibers to be "dyed" between, for example, brighteners for cotton, nylon, or polyester fibers. The commercially customary brighteners suitable for incorporation into laundry detergents belong primarily to five structural groups: the stilbene group, the diphenylstilbene group, the coumarin-quinoline group, the diphenylpyrazoline group, and the group involving combination of benzoxazole or benzimidazole with conjugated systems. An overview of current brighteners can be found, for example, in G.
Jakobi, A. Ldhr, "Detergents and Textile Washing", VCH-Verlag, Weinheim, 1987, pages 94 to 100. Examples of suitable brighteners are salts of 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-morpholino-s-triazin-2-yl)amino]stilbene-2,2'-disul-fonic acid or compounds of similar structure which instead of the morphilino group carry a diethanolamino group, a methylamino group, an anilino group, or a 2-methoxyethylamino group. Furthermore, brighteners of the substituted diphenylstyryl type may be present, examples being the alkali metal salts of 4,4'-bis(2-sulfostyryl)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-chloro-3-sulfostyryl)-biphenyl, or 4-(4-chlorostyryl)-4'-(2-sulfostyryl)-biphenyl. Mixtures of the abovementioned brighteners may also be used.
Fragrances are added to the compositions of the invention in order to enhance the esthetic appeal of the products which are formed and to provide the consumer with not only the performance but also a visually and sensorially "typical and unmistakeable"
product. As perfume oils and/or fragrances it is possible to use individual odorant compounds, examples 5 being the synthetic products of the ester, ether, aldehyde, ketone, alcohol, and hydrocarbon types.
Odorant compounds of the ester type are, for example, benzyl acetate, phenoxyethyl isobutyrate, p-tert-butyl-cyclohexyl acetate, linalyl acetate, dimethyl-10 benzylcarbinyl acetate, phenylethyl acetate, linalyl benzoate, benzyl formate, ethyl methylphenylglycinate, allyl cyclo-hexylpropionate, styrallyl propionate, and benzyl salicylate. The ethers include, for example, benzyl ethyl ether; the aldehydes include, for example, 15 the linear alkanals having 8-18 carbon atoms, citral, citronellal, citronellyloxyacetaldehyde, cyclamen aldehyde, hydroxycitronellal, lilial and bourgeonal;
the ketones include, for example, the ionones, a-isomethylionone and methyl cedryl ketone; the 20 alcohols include anethole, citronellol, eugenol, geraniol, linalool, phenylethyl alcohol, and terpineol;
the hydrocarbons include primarily the terpenes such as limonene and pinene. Preference, however, is given to the use of mixtures of different odorants, which 25 together produce an appealing fragrance note. Such perfume oils may also contain natural odorant mixtures, as obtainable from plant sources, examples being pine oil, citrus oil, jasmine oil, patchouli oil, rose oil or ylang-ylang oil. Likewise suitable are clary sage 30 oil, camomile oil, clove oil, balm oil, mint oil, cinnamon leaf oil, lime blossom oil, juniperberry oil, vetiver oil, olibanum oil, galbanum oil and labdanum oil, and also orange blossom oil, neroliol, orange peel oil, and sandalwood oil.
The fragrance content of the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets prepared in accordance with the invention is usually up to 2~ by weight of the overall formulation. The fragrances may be incorporated directly into the compositions of the invention;
alternatively, it may be advantageous to apply the fragrances to carriers which intensify the adhesion of the perfume on the laundry and, by means of slower fragrance release, ensure long-lasting fragrance of the textiles. Materials which have become established as such carriers are, for example, cyclodextrins, it being possible in addition for the cyclodextrin-perfume complexes to be additionally coated with further auxiliaries.
In addition, the laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets may also comprise components which have a positive influence on the ease with which oil and grease are washed off from textiles (these components being known as soil repellents). This effect becomes particularly marked when a textile is soiled that has already been laundered previously a number of times with a detergent of the invention comprising this oil-and fat-dissolving component. The preferred oil- and fat-dissolving components include, for example, nonionic cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose and methylhydroxypropylcellulose having a methoxy group content of from 15 to 30% by weight and a hydroxypropyl group content of from 1 to 15% by weight, based in each case on the nonionic cellulose ether, and also the prior art polymers of phthalic acid and/or terephthalic acid, and/or derivatives thereof, especially polymers of ethylene terephthalates and/or polyethylene glycol terephthalates or anionically and/or nonionically modified derivatives thereof. Of these, particular preference is given to the sulfonated derivatives of phthalic acid polymers and of terephthalic acid polymers.
Foam inhibitors which may be used in the compositions produced in accordance with the invention are suitably, for example, soaps, paraffins or silicone oils, which may if desired have been applied to carrier materials.
Graying inhibitors have the function of keeping the dirt detached from the fiber in suspension in the liquor and so preventing the redeposition of the dirt.
Suitable for this purpose are water-soluble colloids, usually organic in nature, examples being the water-soluble salts of polymeric carboxylic acids, glue, gelatin, salts of ethersulfonic acids of starch or of cellulose, or salts of acidic sulfuric esters of cellulose or of starch. Water-soluble polyamides containing acidic groups are also suitable for this purpose. Furthermore, soluble starch preparations and starch products other than those mentioned above may be used, examples being degraded starch, aldehyde starches, etc. Polyvinylpyrrolidone may also be used.
Preference, however, is given to the use of cellulose ethers such as carboxymethylcellulose (Na salt), methylcellulose, hydroxyalkylcellulose, and mixed ethers such as methylhydroxyethylcellulose, methyl-hydroxypropylcellulose, methylcarboxymethylcellulose and mixtures thereof in amounts of from 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on the compositions.
Since sheetlike textile structures, especially those of filament rayon, viscose rayon, cotton and blends thereof, may tend to crease, because the individual fibers are susceptible to bending, buckling, compressing and pinching transverse to the fiber direction, the compositions produced in accordance with the invention may comprise synthetic crease control agents. These include, for example, synthetic products based on fatty acids, fatty acid esters, fatty acid amides, fatty acid alkylol esters, fatty acid alkylolamides, or fatty alcohols, which are usually reacted with ethylene oxide, or else products based on lecithin or on modified phosphoric esters.
In order to combat microorganisms, the compositions produced in accordance with the invention may comprise antimicrobial active substances. In this context a distinction is made, depending on antimicrobial spectrum and mechanism of action, between bacteriostats and bactericides, fungiostats and fungicides, etc.
Examples of important substances from these groups are benzalkonium chlorides, alkylarylsulfonates, halo-phenols, and phenylmercuric acetate, it also being possible to do without these compounds entirely.
In order to prevent unwanted changes to the compositions and/or the treated textiles as a result of oxygen exposure and other oxidative processes, the compositions may comprise antioxidants. This class of compound includes, for example, substituted phenols, hydroquinones, pyrocatechols and aromatic amines, and also organic sulfides, polysulfides, dithiocarbamates, phosphates, and phosphonates.
Increased wear comfort may result from the additional use of antistats which are further added to the compositions produced in accordance with the invention.
Antistats increase the surface conductivity and thus enable better dissipation of charges that are formed.
External antistats are generally substances having at least one hydrophilic molecule ligand, and provide a more or less hygroscopic film on the surfaces. These antistats, which are usually surface-active, may be subdivided into nitrogen-containing (amines, amides, quaternary ammonium compounds), phosphorus-containing (phosphoric esters), and sulfur-containing (alkyl-sulfonates, alkyl sulfates) antistats. External antistats are described, for example, in Patent Applications FR 1,156,513, GB 873 214 and GB 839 407.
The lauryl- (or stearyl-)dimethylbenzylammonium chlorides disclosed here are suitable as antistats for textiles and as additives to laundry detergents, in which case, additionally, a hand effect is obtained.
In order to improve the water absorption capacity, the rewettability of the treated textiles, and to facilitate ironing of the treated textiles, silicone derivatives, for example, may be used in the compositions produced in accordance with the invention.
These derivatives additionally improve the rinse-out behavior of the compositions, by virtue of their foam inhibiting properties. Examples of preferred silicone derivatives are polydialkylsiloxanes or alkylaryl-siloxanes where the alkyl groups have one to five carbon atoms and are totally or partially fluorinated.
Preferred silicones are polydimethylsiloxanes, which may if desired have been derivatized and in that case are amino-functional or quaternized, or have Si-OH, Si-H and/or Si-Cl bonds. The viscosities of the preferred silicones at 25°C are in the range between 100 and 100,000 centistokes, it being possible to use the silicones in amounts of between 0.2 and 5~ by weight, based on the overall composition.
Finally, the compositions produced in accordance with the invention may also comprise W absorbers, which attach to the treated textiles and improve the light stability of the fibers. Compounds which have these desired properties are, for example, the compounds which are active via radiationless deactivation, and derivatives of benzophenone having substituents in positions) 2 and/or 4. Also suitable are substituted benzotriazoles, acrylates which are phenyl-substituted in position 3 (cinnamic acid derivatives), with or without cyano groups in position 2, salicylates, organic Ni complexes, and also natural substances such as umbelliferone and the endogenous urocanic acid.
In the course of the above remarks, mention has occasionally been made of the amount of the individual substances in the end products of the process of the invention. Based on the masses to be processed, 5 preference is generally given to processes wherein at least one of the deformable masses further comprises one or more substances from the groups of enzymes, corrosion inhibitors, scale inhibitors, cobuilders, dyes and/or fragrances in total amounts of from 6 to 10 30~ by weight, preferably from 7.5 to 25~ by weight, and in particular from 10 to 20~ by weight, based in each case on the mass.
With all of the abovementioned ingredients, 15 advantageous properties may result from separating them from other ingredients and/or from formulating them together with certain other ingredients. In the case of multiphase tablets, the individual phases may also differ in the amount they contain of the same 20 ingredient, as a result of which advantages may be achieved. Processes wherein at least two of the deformable masses comprise the same active subtonic in different amounts are preferred. The term "different amount" relates in this case, as already explained, not 25 to the absolute amount of the ingredient in the mass but to the relative amount based on the phase weight;
in other words, it is a % by weight based on the individual mass.
30 The end products of the process of the invention may be provided in a very wide variety of geometric forms, this flexibility being one of the many advantages of the process of the invention. It is also possible, however, in accordance with the invention to produce 35 tablets which are similar in their appearance to conventional tablets. For example, they may be manufactured in predetermined three-dimensional forms and predetermined sizes, suitable three-dimensional forms being virtually any practicable designs - i.e., for example, bar, rod or ingot form, cubes, blocks, and corresponding three-dimensional elements having planar side faces, and in particular cylindrical designs with a circular or oval cross section. This last design covers forms ranging from tablets through to compact cylinders having a height-to-diameter ratio of more than 1.
The end products of the process of the invention may in each case be formed as separate, individual elements corresponding to the predetermined dosage of the laundry detergents and/or cleaning products. It is equally possible, however, to design the cut-to-length material strands in such a way as to combine a plurality of such mass units in one compact, with the ease of separation of smaller, portioned units being provided for in particular by means of predetermined breakage points. For the use of textile laundry detergents in machines of the type customary in Europe, with a horizontally arranged mechanism, it may be judicious to design the compacts as tablets, in cylindrical or block form, preference being given to a diameter/height ratio in the range from about 0.5:2 to 2:0.5.
The three-dimensional form of another embodiment of the tablets is adapted in its dimensions to the dispensing cup of commercially customary washing machines, so that the tablets can be metered without a dosing aid directly into the dispensing cup, where they dissolve during the initial rinse cycle. Alternatively, it is of course readily possible, and preferred in the context of the present invention, to use the laundry detergent tablets by way of a dosing aid.
A further preferred tablet which may be produced as a platelike or barlike structure with, in alternation, long, thick and short, thin segments, so that individual segments can be broken off from this "slab"
at the predetermined breakage points, represented by the short, thin segments, and inserted into the machine. This principle of the "slablike" laundry detergent tablet may also be realized in other geometric forms, for example, vertical triangles connected to one another lengthwise at only one of their sides.
"Slablike" strand sections of this kind may be produced, after cutting to length, by means of an aftertreatment step which comprises pressing a second blade or a second set of blades into the cut-to-length strand sections without dividing them. Superficial shaping or the production of positive or negative indicia may also take place in accordance with the invention. Preferred processes, accordingly, are those wherein the cut-to-length tablets are subjected to an aftertreatment step.
In addition to the impression of indicia, the aftertreatment step may also comprise the impression of patterns, shapes, etc. In this way it is possible, for example, to label universal laundry detergents produced in accordance with the invention by a t-shirt symbol, color laundry detergents produced in accordance with the invention by a wool symbol, cleaning product tablets for machine dishwashing produced in accordance with the invention by symbols such as glasses, plates, pots, pans, etc. No limits are imposed in this case on the creativity of product managers. Preferred processes of the invention therefore comprise as aftertreatment step an additional shaping step, especially one of impression.
Subsequent coating of the cut-to-length tablets is also possible, provided the application of an additional coating is desirable. In this case, then, processes are preferred wherein the aftertreatment step comprises the coating of the tablets with a pourable material, preferably a pourable material having a viscosity < 5000 mPas.
Independently of the number of the phases and the nature of the aftertreatment, preference is generally given to processes wherein the tablets have a density of more than 800 kg dm-3, preferably more than 900 kg dm-3, with particular preference more than 1000 kg dm-3, and in particular more than 1100 kg dm-3. In such tablets, the advantages of the commercial form of a compact laundry detergent or cleaning product are manifested particularly clearly.
The present invention provides a process which makes it possible to produce laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets simply and under changing framework conditions. A preferred hardening mechanism in this context, as described above, consists in time-delayed water binding, corresponding laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets having not been described in the prior art. The present invention therefore additionally provides a laundry detergent or cleaning product tablet comprising at least 30°s by weight of phosphate(s), wherein the water content of the tablet is from 50 to 100 of the calculated water binding capacity.
With regard to the definition of the water binding capacity and its calculation, reference may be made to the above remarks, in order to avoid redundancy. The phosphate content of preferred tablets produced in accordance with the invention is higher, so that preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets are those which comprise at least 40% by weight, preferably at least 45~ by weight, and in particular at least 50% by weight, of phosphate(s), based in each case on the tablet weight.
As already mentioned in connection with the remarks relating to the process of the invention, phosphates whose use is particularly preferred are alkali metal phosphates. Therefore, completely analogously, preference is given to laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets which comprise alkali metal phosphate(s), with particular preference pentasodium and/or pentapotassium triphosphate (sodium and/or potassium tripolyphosphate), in amounts of from 30 to 80% by weight, preferably from 35 to 75% by weight, and in particular from 50 to 70% by weight, based in each case on the tablet weight.
In the description of the process of the invention it was explained that process end products which are particularly preferred in the context of the present invention not only possess an extremely low proportion of free water but are preferably themselves still able to bind further free water. In preferred laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, therefore, the water content of the tablets is from 55 to 95%, preferably from 60 to 90%, and in particular from 65 to 85%, of the calculated water binding capacity.
With regard to further ingredients, their amounts and physical properties, it is possible to refer to the above remarks, as it is with regard to the multiphase nature of tablets of the invention, the division of ingredients between the individual phases, and the proportions of the phases with respect to one another.
While the invention has been described with particular reference to certain embodiments thereof, it will be understood that changes and modifications may be made by those of ordinary skill in the art within the scope and spirit of the following claims.
In the claims, the word "comprising" means "including 5 the following elements (in the body), but not excluding others"; the phrase "consisting of" means "excluding more than traces of other than the recited ingredients"; and the phrase "consisting essentially of" means "excluding unspecified ingredients which 10 materially affect the basic characteristics of the composition".
Claims (134)
1. A process for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets, which comprises preparing (a) deformable mass(es), supplying said masses) with a pressure below 40 bar to emergence apertures, cutting the emerging material strands to tablet dimensions, and hardening them.
2. The process as claimed in claim 1, wherein the deformable mass(es) is (are) supplied to the emergence apertures with a pressure below 35 bar.
3. The process as claimed in claim 2 wherein the pressure is below 30 bar.
4. The process as claimed in claim 2 wherein the pressure is below 20 bar.
5. The process as claimed in claim 2 wherein the pressure is below 10 bar.
6. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 5, wherein the deformable masse(s) is (are) supplied to the emergence apertures with a pressure below 8.5 bar.
7. The process as claimed in claim 6 wherein the pressure is below 7.5 bar.
8. The process as claimed in claim 6 wherein the pressure is below 6.5 bar.
9. The process as claimed in claim 6 wherein the pressure is below 5 bar.
10. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 9, wherein a deformable mass is drawn in between two rolls, discharged as a material strand from emergence apertures, cut to the desired tablet dimension, and hardened.
11. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 10, wherein two deformable masses of different composition are drawn in between two roll pairs and discharged as filled, hollow or multi-ply material strands from emergence apertures, cut to the desired tablet dimension, and hardened.
12. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 11, wherein three plastically deformable masses of different composition are drawn in between three roll pairs and discharged as singly, doubly or triply filled, hollow, two- or three-ply material strands from emergence apertures, cut to the desired tablet dimension, and hardened.
13. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12, wherein the material strands are discharged from the emergence apertures at a rate of from 0.2 m/min to 30 m/min.
14. The process as claimed in claim 13 wherein the rate is from 0.25 m/min to 20 m/min.
15. The process as claimed in claim 13 wherein the rate is from 0.5 m/min to 15 m/min.
16. The process as claimed in claim 13 wherein the rate is from 1 m/min to 10 m/min.
17. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 16, wherein the emergence apertures have aperture areas of from 50 mm2 to 2500 mm2.
18. The process as claimed in claim 17 wherein the areas are from 100 mm2 to 2000 m2.
19. The process as claimed in claim 17 wherein the areas are from 200 mm2 to 1500 mm2.
20. The process as claimed in claim 17 wherein the areas are from 300 mm2 to 1000 mm2.
21. The process as claimed in claim 17 wherein the areas are from 350 mm2 t0 750 mm2.
22. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 21, wherein the thickness of at least one of the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures is at least 5 mm.
23. The process as claimed in claim 22 wherein the thickness is at least 7.5 mm.
24. The process as claimed in claim 22 wherein the thickness is at least 10 mm.
25. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 24, wherein the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures are cut to a length of from 10 to 100 mm.
26. The process as claimed in claim 25 wherein the length is from 12.5 to 75 mm.
27. The process as claimed in claim 25 wherein the length is from 15 to 60 mm.
28. The process as claimed in claim 25 wherein the length is from 20 to 50 mm.
29. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 28, wherein the hardening of the material strands, cut to tablet dimensions, is assisted by superficial drying and/or cooling, in particular by blowing with cold air.
30. The process as claimed in claim 29 wherein the drying and/or cooling is assisted by blowing with cold air.
31. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 30, wherein the deformable masse(s) comprise(s) from to 95% by weight of anhydrous substances which pass by hydration into a hydrate form having a melting point below 120°C.
32. The process as claimed in claim 31 wherein the deformable masses comprise 15 to 90% by weight.
33. The process as claimed in claim 31 wherein the deformable masses comprise 20 to 85% by weight.
34. The process as claimed in claim 31 wherein the deformable masses comprise 25 to 80% by weight.
35. The process of claims 31 to 34, wherein the melting point is below 100°C.
36. The process of claims 31 to 34, wherein the melting point is below 80°C.
37. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 36, wherein the deformable masse(s) comprise(s) phosphate(s) in amounts of from 20 to 80% by weight, based on the mass.
38. The process as claimed in claim 37 wherein the phosphate is alkali metal phosphate.
39. The process as claimed in claim 37 wherein the phosphate is pentapotassium and/or pentapotassium triphosphate.
40. The process as claimed in claim 37 wherein the phosphate is sodium and/or potassium tripolyphosphate.
41. The process as claimed in claims 37 to 40 wherein the amounts are from 25 to 75% by weight.
42. The process as claimed in claims 37 to 40 wherein the amounts are from 30 to 70% by weight.
43. The process as claimed in any of claims 37 to 42, wherein the weight ratio of phosphate(s) to water in the deformable mass is less than 1:0.3.
44. The process as claimed in claim 43 wherein the ratio is less than 1:0.25.
45. The process as claimed in claim 43 wherein the ratio is less than 1:0.2.
46. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 45, wherein the deformable mass(es) comprise(s) carbonates) and/or hydrogen carbonate(s) in amounts of from 5 to 50% by weight.
47. The process as claimed in claim 46 wherein alkali metal carbonate is present.
48. The process as claimed in claim 46 wherein sodium carbonate is present.
49. The process as claimed in claim 46 to 48 wherein the amount is from 7.5 to 40% by weight.
50. The process as claimed in claim 46 to 48 wherein the amount is from 10 to 30% by weight.
51. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 50, wherein the deformable mass(es) comprise(s) silicate(s) in amounts of from 10 to 60% by weight based on the mass.
52. The process as claimed in claim 51, wherein the silicates) is an alkali metal silicate.
53. The process as claimed in claim 52, wherein the alkali metal silicate is a crystalline or amorphous alkali metal disilicate.
54. The process as claimed in any one of claims 51 to 53, wherein the amounts are from 15 to 50% by weight.
55. The process as claimed in any one of claims 51 to 50, wherein the amounts are from 20 to 40% by weight.
56. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 55, wherein the deformable mass(es) comprise(s) zeolite(s), preferably zeolite A, zeolite P, zeolite X and mixtures thereof, in amounts of from to 60% by weight, based on the mass.
57. The process as claimed in claim 56, wherein the amount is from 15 to 50% by weight.
58. The process as claimed in claim 56, wherein the amount is from 20 to 40% by weight.
59. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 58, wherein the average particle size of the solids used in the deformable masses) is below 400 Vim.
60. The process as claimed in claim 59, wherein the size is below 300 µm.
61. The process as claimed in claim 59, wherein the size is below 200 µm.
62. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 61, wherein less than 10% by weight of the solids used in the deformable mass(es) have particle sizes above 1000 µm.
63. The process as claimed in claim 62 wherein less than 5% by weight of the solids have the particle sizes.
64. The process as claimed in claim 62 wherein less than 1% by weight of the solids have the particles sizes.
65. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 64, wherein less than 15% by weight of the solids used in the deformable mass(es) have particle sizes above 800 µm.
66. The process as claimed in claim 65, wherein the amount is less than 10% by weight.
67. The process as claimed in claim 65, wherein the amount is less than 5% by weight.
68. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 67, wherein the water content of the tablets is from 50 to 100 of the calculated water binding capacity.
69. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 68, wherein the deformable mass(es) in the course of processing has (have) a water content of from 2.5 to 30% by weight, based on the mass.
70. The process as claimed in claim 69, wherein the water content is from 5 to 25% by weight.
71. The process as claimed in claim 69, wherein the water content is from 7.5 to 20% by weight.
72. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 71, wherein the deformable mass(es) is (are) hardened by means of time-delayed water binding.
73. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 72, wherein the deformable mass(es) is (are) hardened by means of cooling below the melting point.
74. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 73, wherein the deformable mass(es) is (are) hardened by means of evaporation of solvents.
75. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 74, wherein the deformable mass(es) is (are) hardened by means of crystallization.
76. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 75, wherein the deformable mass(es) is (are) hardened by means of chemical reaction(s), especially addition polymerization.
77. The process as claimed in claim 76, wherein the chemical reaction is addition polymerization.
78. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 77, wherein the deformable mass(es) is (are) hardened by means of a change in the rheological properties.
79. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 78, wherein the deformable mass(es) has (have) total surfactant content of less than 5% by weight, based on the mass.
80. The process as claimed in claim 79, wherein the surfactant content is less than 4% by weight.
81. The process as claimed in claim 79, wherein the surfactant content is less than 3% by weight.
82. The process as claimed in claim 79, wherein the surfactant content is less than 2% by weight.
83. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 82, wherein at least one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches from the group of the oxygen or halogen bleaches, in amounts of from 2 to 25% by weight, based on the mass.
84. The process as claimed in claim 83, wherein the bleach is a chlorine bleach.
85. The process as claimed in claim 83, wherein the bleach is sodium perborate or sodium percarbonate.
86. The process as claimed in any of claims 83 to 85, wherein the amounts are from 5 to 20% by weight.
87. The process as claimed in any of claims 83 to 85, wherein the amounts are from 10 to 5% by weight.
88. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 87, wherein at least one of the deformable masses comprises bleach activators from the groups of polyacylated alkylenediamines, especially tetra-acetylethylenediamine (TAED), N-acyl imides;
especially N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, especially n-nonanoyl- or isononanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS) and N-methylmorpholiniumacetonitrile methyl sulfate (MMA), in amounts of from 0.25 to 15% by weight, based on the mass.
especially N-nonanoylsuccinimide (NOSI), acylated phenolsulfonates, especially n-nonanoyl- or isononanoyloxybenzenesulfonate (n- or iso-NOBS) and N-methylmorpholiniumacetonitrile methyl sulfate (MMA), in amounts of from 0.25 to 15% by weight, based on the mass.
89. The process as claimed in claim 88, wherein the amounts are from 0.5 to 10% by weight.
90. The process as claimed in claim 88, wherein the amounts are from 1 to 5% by weight.
91. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 90, wherein at least one of the deformable masses comprises silver protectants from the group of the triazoles, benzotriazoles, bisbenzotriazoles, aminotriazoles, alkylaminotriazoles and the transition metals salts or transition metal complexes, in amounts of from 0.01 to 5% by weight, based on the mass.
92. The process as claimed in claim 91, wherein the protectant is a benzotriazole and/or alkylaminotriazole complex.
93. The process as claimed in claims 91 or 92, wherein the amounts are from 0.05 to 4% by weight.
94. The process as claimed in claims 91 or 92, wherein the amounts are from 0.5 to 3% by weight.
95. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 94, wherein at least one of the deformable masses further comprises one or more substances from the groups of enzymes, corrosion inhibitors, scale inhibitors, cobuilders, dyes and/or fragrances in total amounts of from 6 to 30% by weight, based on the mass.
96. The process as claimed in claim 95, wherein the total amounts are from 7.5 to 25% by weight.
97. The process as claimed in claim 95, wherein the total amounts are from 10 to 205 by weight.
98. The process as claimed in any of claims 11 to 97, wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises bleach activators.
99. The process as claimed in any of claims 11 to 98, wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises enzymes.
100. The process as claimed in any of claims 11 to 99, wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises corrosion inhibitors.
101. The process as claimed in any of claims 11 to 100, wherein one of the material strands emerging from the emergence apertures comprises enzymes.
102. The process as claimed in claim 101, wherein the enzyme-containing material strand is enveloped by an enzyme-free material.
103. The process as claimed in any of claims 11 to 102, wherein one of the deformable masses comprises bleaches while another deformable mass comprises surfactants.
104. The process as claimed in claim 103, wherein nonionic surfactants are present.
105. The process as claimed in claim 103, wherein alkoxylated alcohols having 10 to 24 carbon atoms and from 1 to 5 alkylene oxide units are present.
106. The process as claimed in any of claims 11 to 105, wherein at least two deformable masses comprise the same active substance in different amounts.
107. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 106, wherein the deformable mass(es) comprise(s) a paraffin wax having a melting range of from 50°C
to 55°C.
to 55°C.
108. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 107, wherein the plastically deformable mass(es) comprise(s) at least one substance from the group of polyethylene glycols (PEG) and/or polypropylene glycols (PPG).
109. The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 108, wherein the tablets comprise less than 10% by weight of free water.
110. The process as claimed in claim 109, wherein the free water is less than 5% by weight.
111. The process as claimed in claim 109, wherein the free water is less than 1% by weight.
112. The process as claimed in claim 109, wherein the free water is less than 0.5% by weight.
113 . The process as claimed in any of claims 1 to 112 , wherein the tablets have a density of more than 800 kgdm-3.
114. The process as claimed in claim 113, wherein density is more than 900 kgdm-3.
115. The process as claimed in claim 113, wherein density is more than 1000 kgdm-3.
116. The process as claimed in claim 113, wherein density is more than 1000 kgdm-3.
117. The process as claimed in any of claimsl to 116, wherein the tablets are subjected to an aftertreatment step.
118. The process as claimed in claim 117, wherein the aftertreatment step comprises the coating of the tablets with a pourable material.
119. The process as claimed in claim 118, wherein the pourable material has a viscosity <5000 mPas.
120. The process as claimed in either of claims 117 to 119, wherein the aftertreatment step comprises an additional shaping step.
121. The process as claimed in claim 120 wherein the shaping step is impression.
122. A laundry detergent or cleaning product tablet comprising at least 30% by weight of phosphate(s), wherein the water content of the tablet is from 50 to 100% of the calculated water binding capacity.
123. The tablet as claimed in claim 122, which comprises at least 40% by weight, based on the tablet weight.
124. The tablet as claimed in claim 123, wherein at least 45% by weight of phosphate is present.
125. The tablet as claimed in claim 123, wherein at least 50% by weight of phosphate is present.
126. The tablet as claimed in any of claims 122 to 125, which comprises alkali metal phosphate(s) in amounts of from 30 to 80% by weight, based on the tablet weight.
127. The tablet as claimed in claim 126, wherein the alkali metal phosphate is pentasodium and/or pentapotassium triphosphate.
128. The tablet as claimed in claim 126, wherein the alkali metal phosphate is sodium and/or potassium tripolyphosphate.
129. The tablet as claimed in claims 126 to 128, wherein the amounts are from 35 to 75% by weight.
130. The tablet as claimed in claims 126 to 128, wherein the amounts are from 50 to 70% by weight.
131. The tablet as claimed in any of claims 122 to 130, wherein the water content of the tablet is from 55 to 95% of the calculated water binding capacity.
132. The tablet as claimed in claim 131, wherein the water content is from 60 to 90%.
133. The tablet as claimed in claim 131, wherein the water content is from 65 to 85%.
134. A laundry detergent or cleaning product tablet whenever prepared by the process as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 121.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
DE19930771.1 | 1999-07-03 | ||
DE19930771A DE19930771A1 (en) | 1999-07-03 | 1999-07-03 | Process for the production of detergent tablets |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2313356A1 true CA2313356A1 (en) | 2001-01-03 |
Family
ID=7913582
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002313356A Abandoned CA2313356A1 (en) | 1999-07-03 | 2000-07-04 | Process for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1192241B1 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE265522T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU5406700A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2313356A1 (en) |
DE (2) | DE19930771A1 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2220474T3 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2001002532A1 (en) |
Cited By (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7300911B2 (en) | 2000-03-04 | 2007-11-27 | Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien | Method of preparing multiphase laundry detergent and cleaning product shaped bodies having noncompressed parts |
WO2009081250A2 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2009-07-02 | Diolaiti, Erminio | Product tablet and related pack |
US8146610B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2012-04-03 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Multi-dosing detergent delivery device |
US8146609B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2012-04-03 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Device status indicator for a multi-dosing detergent delivery device |
US8221696B2 (en) | 2004-08-23 | 2012-07-17 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Detergent dispensing device |
US8329112B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2012-12-11 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Multi-dosing detergent delivery device |
US8338357B2 (en) | 2006-01-21 | 2012-12-25 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Multiple dosing ware washing article |
US8375962B2 (en) | 2006-01-21 | 2013-02-19 | Reckitt Benckiser N. V. | Dosage element and chamber |
US8389036B2 (en) | 2006-01-13 | 2013-03-05 | Gianpaola Belloli | Product obtained from a powdered or granular material and process for obtaining the product |
US8815018B2 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2014-08-26 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Detergent dosing device |
WO2022225898A1 (en) * | 2021-04-19 | 2022-10-27 | Decon Water Technologies, LLC | Industrial laundry systems and methods |
Families Citing this family (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE10010759B4 (en) * | 2000-03-04 | 2006-04-27 | Henkel Kgaa | Process for the production of moldings |
DE10134309A1 (en) * | 2001-07-14 | 2003-02-06 | Henkel Kgaa | Production of bi- or multi-phase shaped detergents involves pretreatment of one or more ingredients to give a flowable particulate pre-mix prior to extrusion |
DE10211184B4 (en) * | 2002-03-14 | 2004-10-07 | Henkel Kgaa | Application of auxiliaries and additives for automatic dishwashing |
DE10253214A1 (en) * | 2002-11-15 | 2004-06-03 | Henkel Kgaa | Portioned agents with different ingredients |
DE10313172B4 (en) * | 2003-03-25 | 2007-08-09 | Henkel Kgaa | Shape-optimized detergent tablets |
GB0310775D0 (en) * | 2003-05-10 | 2003-06-18 | Unilever Plc | Process for producing structured materials |
DE10331464A1 (en) * | 2003-05-21 | 2004-12-16 | Aweco Appliance Systems Gmbh & Co. Kg | Household appliance, e.g. a washing machine or dishwasher, has a pressure line for connecting a rinsing pump to the dosing unit so that any washing agent is completely rinsed out |
DE10324788A1 (en) * | 2003-05-31 | 2004-12-16 | Beiersdorf Ag | Solid cosmetic purifying preparation in the form of a plate, board or rod for cleaning and caring for the skin and hair has predetermined breaking points so that defined individual pieces can be removed from the whole part |
GB2404662A (en) * | 2003-08-01 | 2005-02-09 | Reckitt Benckiser | Cleaning composition |
GB2406821A (en) | 2003-10-09 | 2005-04-13 | Reckitt Benckiser Nv | Detergent body |
DE10352961A1 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2005-06-23 | Henkel Kgaa | Shock-resistant tablet |
AU2006310374A1 (en) * | 2005-11-07 | 2007-05-10 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Dosage element |
EP1845153A1 (en) * | 2006-04-12 | 2007-10-17 | Unilever N.V. | Detergent tablets |
DE102006051529A1 (en) * | 2006-10-27 | 2008-04-30 | Henkel Kgaa | Multiphase detergent or cleanser tablet, especially for dishwashing, comprises core tablet at least partially enclosed by embossed projection on upper side of base tablet |
EP2053120B1 (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2016-11-23 | Dalli-Werke GmbH & Co. KG | Washing or cleaning agent shaped body with dyeable relief structure |
USD670468S1 (en) | 2009-07-22 | 2012-11-06 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Detergent dispensing device lid |
Family Cites Families (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA717943A (en) * | 1963-02-04 | 1965-09-14 | Unilever Limited | Detergent compositions |
US3455834A (en) * | 1964-01-22 | 1969-07-15 | Colgate Palmolive Co | Process for production of detergent tablets |
DE3541146A1 (en) * | 1985-11-21 | 1987-05-27 | Henkel Kgaa | MULTILAYERED DETERGENT TABLETS FOR MACHINE DISHWASHER |
US5133892A (en) * | 1990-10-17 | 1992-07-28 | Lever Brothers Company, Division Of Conopco, Inc. | Machine dishwashing detergent tablets |
GB2298867A (en) * | 1995-03-11 | 1996-09-18 | Procter & Gamble | Detergent compositions in tablet form |
DE19624416A1 (en) * | 1996-06-19 | 1998-01-02 | Henkel Kgaa | Process for the production of solid washing or cleaning agents |
DE19649565A1 (en) * | 1996-11-29 | 1998-06-04 | Knoll Ag | Process for producing granules of a detergent or cleaning agent |
DE19709411A1 (en) * | 1997-03-07 | 1998-09-10 | Henkel Kgaa | Detergent tablets |
-
1999
- 1999-07-03 DE DE19930771A patent/DE19930771A1/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2000
- 2000-06-23 WO PCT/EP2000/005811 patent/WO2001002532A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2000-06-23 EP EP00938813A patent/EP1192241B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2000-06-23 AT AT00938813T patent/ATE265522T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2000-06-23 ES ES00938813T patent/ES2220474T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2000-06-23 DE DE50006266T patent/DE50006266D1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2000-06-23 AU AU54067/00A patent/AU5406700A/en not_active Abandoned
- 2000-07-04 CA CA002313356A patent/CA2313356A1/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7300911B2 (en) | 2000-03-04 | 2007-11-27 | Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien | Method of preparing multiphase laundry detergent and cleaning product shaped bodies having noncompressed parts |
US8221696B2 (en) | 2004-08-23 | 2012-07-17 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Detergent dispensing device |
US8389036B2 (en) | 2006-01-13 | 2013-03-05 | Gianpaola Belloli | Product obtained from a powdered or granular material and process for obtaining the product |
US8338357B2 (en) | 2006-01-21 | 2012-12-25 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Multiple dosing ware washing article |
US8375962B2 (en) | 2006-01-21 | 2013-02-19 | Reckitt Benckiser N. V. | Dosage element and chamber |
US8146610B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2012-04-03 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Multi-dosing detergent delivery device |
US8146609B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2012-04-03 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Device status indicator for a multi-dosing detergent delivery device |
US8329112B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2012-12-11 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Multi-dosing detergent delivery device |
US8815018B2 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2014-08-26 | Reckitt Benckiser N.V. | Detergent dosing device |
WO2009081250A2 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2009-07-02 | Diolaiti, Erminio | Product tablet and related pack |
WO2009081250A3 (en) * | 2007-12-18 | 2009-11-19 | Diolaiti, Erminio | Product tablet and related pack |
WO2022225898A1 (en) * | 2021-04-19 | 2022-10-27 | Decon Water Technologies, LLC | Industrial laundry systems and methods |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
DE19930771A1 (en) | 2001-01-04 |
AU5406700A (en) | 2001-01-22 |
WO2001002532A1 (en) | 2001-01-11 |
EP1192241B1 (en) | 2004-04-28 |
DE50006266D1 (en) | 2004-06-03 |
ES2220474T3 (en) | 2004-12-16 |
ATE265522T1 (en) | 2004-05-15 |
EP1192241A1 (en) | 2002-04-03 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2313356A1 (en) | Process for producing laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets | |
US6737390B2 (en) | Multiphase laundry detergent and cleaning product shaped bodies having noncompressed parts | |
US7205266B2 (en) | Laundry or dishwasher detergent tablet having at least one cavity | |
US20020010123A1 (en) | Laundry detergents and cleaning products | |
CA2313875A1 (en) | A filled detergent tablet | |
US20010025020A1 (en) | Compression process for multiphase tablets | |
CA2299926A1 (en) | A process for the production of multiphase detergent tablets | |
JP2002503761A (en) | Tablets containing bleach | |
EP1165742B1 (en) | Single or multi-phase detergent forms with special bleach activators | |
CA2335039A1 (en) | Multiphase washing and cleaning agent shaped bodies containing perfume | |
EP1165741B1 (en) | Detergent forms with special bleach activators | |
US20040142847A1 (en) | Detergent tablets with polyurethane coating | |
DE19919444B4 (en) | Detergent tablets with binder compound, process for its preparation and use of binder compounds | |
CA2314035A1 (en) | Detergent tablets, especially for machine dishwashing | |
CA2318000A1 (en) | Detergent component with finely divided solids | |
DE10134309A1 (en) | Production of bi- or multi-phase shaped detergents involves pretreatment of one or more ingredients to give a flowable particulate pre-mix prior to extrusion | |
DE19957438A1 (en) | Detergent tablets | |
CA2316591A1 (en) | Laundry detergent or cleaning product tablets | |
CA2327971A1 (en) | Multiphase detergent tablets | |
CA2311820A1 (en) | Laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets | |
CA2298966A1 (en) | Color-stable detergent tablets | |
CA2300017A1 (en) | A process for the production of rapidly disintegrating detergent tablets | |
CA2311989A1 (en) | Compression process for laundry detergent and cleaning product tablets | |
CA2306722A1 (en) | Detergent tablets containing binder compound | |
CA2300016A1 (en) | Storage-stable detergent tablet |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |